SlideShare a Scribd company logo
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 1
BaĆøi 1: THƌ CUƛA ƑOƄNG TƖƘ
I- HieƤn taĆÆi ƱƓn (Simple Present):
1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp:
- CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + V(s/es); S + am/is/are
- CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + do/does + not + V; S + am/is/are + not
- CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Do/Does + S + V?; Am/Is/Are + S?
2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh:
ThƬ hieƤn taĆÆi ƱƓn ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»:
2.1 MoƤt thoĆ¹i quen, moƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng ƱƶƓĆÆc laĆ«p Ʊi laĆ«p laĆÆi thƶƓĆøng xuyeĆ¢n. Trong
caĆ¢u thƶƓĆøng coĆ¹ caĆ¹c traĆÆng tƶĆø: always, often, usually, sometimes, seldom, rarely,
every day/week/month ā€¦
Ex: Mary often gets up early in the morning.
2.2 MoƤt sƶĆÆ thaƤt luĆ¹c naĆøo cuƵng ƱuĆ¹ng, moƤt chaĆ¢n lyĆ¹.
Ex: The sun rises in the east and sets in the west.
2.3 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng trong tƶƓng lai ƱaƵ ƱƶƓĆÆc Ʊƶa vaĆøo chƶƓng trƬnh,keĆ” hoaĆÆch.
Ex: The last train leaves at 4.45.
II- HieƤn taĆÆi tieĆ”p dieĆ£n (Present Continuous):
1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp:
- CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + am/is/are + V-ing
- CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + am/is/are + not + V-ing
- CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Am/Is/Are + S + V-ing?
2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh:
ThƬ hieƤn taĆÆi tieĆ”p dieĆ£n duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»:
2.1 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng Ʊang dieĆ£n ra Ć“Ć» hieƤn taĆÆi (trong luĆ¹c noĆ¹i); sau caĆ¢u meƤnh
leƤnh, ƱeĆ  nghĆ². Trong caĆ¢u thƶƓĆøng coĆ¹ caĆ¹c traĆÆng tƶĆø: now, right now, at the moment,
at present, ā€¦
Ex: What are you doing at the moment?
- Iā€™m writing a letter.
Be quiet! My mother is sleeping.
2.2 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng ƱaƵ ƱƶƓĆÆc leĆ¢n keĆ” hoaĆÆch thƶĆÆc hieƤn trong tƶƓng lai gaĆ n.
Ex: What are you doing tonight?
- I am going to the cinema with my father.
2.3 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng nhaĆ”t thĆ“Ćøi khoĆ¢ng keĆ¹o daĆøi laĆ¢u, thƶƓĆøng duĆøng vĆ“Ć¹i today,
this week, this month, these days, ā€¦
Ex: What is your daughter doing these days?
ThayTro.Net
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 2
- She is studying English at the foreign language center.
3) NhƶƵng ƱoƤng tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng Ć“Ć» thƬ HTTD:
3.1 ƑoƤng tƶĆø chƦ giaĆ¹c quan: hear, see, smell, taste
3.2 ƑoƤng tƶĆø chƦ tƬnh caĆ»m, caĆ»m xuĆ¹c: love, hate, like, dislike, want, wish
3.3 ƑoƤng tƶĆø chƦ traĆÆng thaĆ¹i, sƶĆÆ lieĆ¢n heƤ, sĆ“Ć» hƶƵu: look, seem, appear, have,
own, belong to, need, ā€¦
3.4 ƑoƤng tƶĆø chƦ sinh hoaĆÆt trĆ­ tueƤ: agree, understand, remember, know, ā€¦
III- HieƤn taĆÆi hoaĆøn thaĆønh (Present Perfect):
1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp:
- CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + have/has+ V3/ed
- CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + have/has + not + V3/ed
- CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Have/Has + S + V3/ed?
2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh:
ThƬ HTHT duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»:
2.1 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng xaĆ»y ra trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ khoĆ¢ng xaĆ¹c Ć±Ć²nh roƵ thĆ“Ćøi ƱieĆ„m.
Ex: Have you had breakfast? ā€“ No, I havenā€™t.
2.2 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng xaĆ»y ra trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹, coĆøn keĆ¹o daĆøi ƱeĆ”n hieƤn taĆÆi.
Ex: My friend Nam has lived in HCMC since 1998.
2.3 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng vƶĆøa mĆ“Ć¹i xaĆ»y ra.
Ex: I have just finished my homework.
2.4 Trong caĆ”u truĆ¹c:
Be + the first/secondā€¦ time + S + have/has + V3/ed
Be + the ss nhaƔt + N + S + have/has + V3/ed
Ex: This is the first time I have been to Paris.
She is the most honest person I have ever met.
3) CaĆ¹c traĆÆng tƶĆø thƶƓĆøng duĆøng vĆ“Ć¹i thƬ HTHT:
just (vƶĆøa mĆ“Ć¹i), recently/lately (gaĆ n ƱaĆ¢y), ever (ƱaƵ tƶĆøng), never (chƶa bao
giĆ“Ćø), yet (chƶa), already (roĆ i), since (tƶĆø khi ā€“ moĆ”c thĆ“Ćøi gian), for (khoaĆ»ng), so
far/until now/up to now/up to the present (cho ƱeĆ”n baĆ¢y giĆ“Ćø)
IV- HieƤn taĆÆi hoaĆøn thaĆønh tieĆ”p dieĆ£n (Present Perfect Continuous):
1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp:
- CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + have/has+ been + V-ing
- CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + have/has + not + been + V-ing
- CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Have/Has + S + been + V-ing?
2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh:
ThayTro.Net
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 3
ThƬ HTHTTD ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»:
* HaĆønh ƱoƤng baĆ©t ƱaĆ u trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ vaĆø keĆ¹o daĆøi LIEƂN TUƏC ƱeĆ”n hieƤn taĆÆi vaĆø
coĆøn tieĆ”p dieĆ£n ƱeĆ”n tƶƓng lai, thƶƓĆøng duĆøng vĆ“Ć¹i How long, since vaĆø for.
Ex: How long have you been waiting for her?
- I have been waiting for her for an hour.
* HTHT: haĆønh ƱoƤng hoaĆøn taĆ”t
HTHTTD: haĆønh ƱoƤng coĆøn tieĆ”p tuĆÆc
V- QuaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ ƱƓn (Simple Past):
1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp:
- CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + V2/ed; S + was/were
- CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + did + not + V; S + was/were + not
- CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Did + S + V?; Was/Were + S?
2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh:
ThƬ QKƑ duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ» haĆønh ƱoƤng ƱaƵ xaĆ»y ra vaĆø hoaĆøn taĆ”t trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹
vĆ“Ć¹i thĆ“Ćøi gian ƱƶƓĆÆc xaĆ¹c Ć±Ć²nh roƵ. CaĆ¹c traĆÆng tƶĆø thƶƓĆøng Ʊi keĆøm: yesterday, ago, last
week/month/year, in the past, in 1990, ā€¦
Ex: Uncle Ho passed away in 1969.
VI- QuaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ tieĆ”p dieĆ£n (Past Continuous):
1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp:
- CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + was/were + V-ing
- CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + was/were + not + V-ing
- CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Was/Were + S + V-ing?
2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh:
ThƬ QKTD duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»:
2.1 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng xaĆ»y ra (vaĆø keĆ¹o daĆøi) vaĆøo moƤt thĆ“Ćøi ƱieĆ„m hoaĆ«c moƤt
khoaĆ»ng thĆ“Ćøi gian trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹.
Ex: She was studying her lesson at 7 last night.
What were you doing from 3pm to 6pm yesterday?
- I was practising English at that time.
2.2 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng Ʊang xaĆ»y ra (V-ing) Ć“Ć» quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ thƬ coĆ¹ moƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng
khaĆ¹c xen vaĆøo (V2/ed).
Ex: He was sleeping when I came.
While my mother was cooking dinner, the phone rang.
2.3 Hai haĆønh ƱoƤng dieĆ£n ra song song cuĆøng luĆ¹c trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹.
ThayTro.Net
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 4
Ex: While I was doing my homework, my younger brother was playing
video games.
VII- QuaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ hoaĆøn thaĆønh (Past Perfect):
1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp:
- CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + had + V3/ed
- CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + had+ not + V3/ed
- CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Had + S + V3/ed?
2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh:
ThƬ QKHT duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»:
2.1 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng xaĆ»y ra vaĆø hoaĆøn taĆ”t trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c moƤt thĆ“Ćøi ƱieĆ„m hoaĆ«c moƤt haĆønh
ƱoƤng khaĆ¹c trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ (haĆønh ƱoƤng trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c duĆøng HAD + V3/ed, haĆønh ƱoƤng sau
duĆøng V2/ed).
Ex: We had had dinner before eight oā€™clock last night.
Lucie had learned English before she came to England.
2.2 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng ƱaƵ xaĆ»y ra nhƶng chƶa hoaĆøn thaĆønh, tĆ­nh ƱeĆ”n moƤt thĆ“Ćøi
ƱieĆ„m naĆøo ƱoĆ¹ trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹.
Ex: By the time I left that school, I had taught there for ten years.
(TĆ“Ć¹i luĆ¹c toĆ¢i rĆ“Ćøi ngoĆ¢i trƶƓĆøng aĆ”y, toĆ¢i ƱaƵ daĆÆy ƱƶƓĆÆc 10 naĆŖm.)
3) ThƬ naĆøy thƶƓĆøng ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng vĆ“Ć¹i caĆ¹c tƶĆø, ngƶƵ sau ƱaĆ¢y:
* After, before, when, as, once
Ex: When I got to the station, the train had already left.
* No sooner ā€¦ than (vƶĆøa mĆ“Ć¹i ā€¦ thƬ)
Hardly/Scarely ā€¦ when (vƶĆøa mĆ“Ć¹i ā€¦ thƬ)
Ex: He had no sooner returned from abroad than he fell ill.
---> No sooner had he returned from abroad than he fell ill.
(Anh aĆ”y vƶĆøa mĆ“Ć¹i trĆ“Ć» veĆ  tƶĆø nĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c ngoaĆøi thƬ ƱaĆ¢m ra beƤnh.)
* It was not until ā€¦ that ā€¦ (maƵi cho tĆ“Ć¹i ā€¦ mĆ“Ć¹i ā€¦)
Not until ā€¦ that ā€¦ (maƵi cho tĆ“Ć¹i ā€¦ mĆ“Ć¹i ā€¦)
Ex: It was not until I had met her that I understood the problem.
---> Not until I had met her did I understand the problem.
(MaƵi tĆ“Ć¹i khi toĆ¢i gaĆ«p coĆ¢ ta, toĆ¢i mĆ“Ć¹i hieĆ„u ƱƶƓĆÆc vaĆ”n ƱeĆ .)
VIII- QuaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ hoaĆøn thaĆønh tieĆ”p dieĆ£n (Past Perfect Continuous):
1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp:
- CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + had + been + V-ing
- CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + had + not + been + V-ing
ThayTro.Net
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 5
- CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Had + S + been + not + V-ing?
2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh:
ThƬ QKHTTD duĆøng ƱeĆ„ nhaĆ”n maĆÆnh tĆ­nh LIEƂN TUƏC cuĆ»a haĆønh ƱoƤng cho
ƱeĆ”n khi moƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng khaĆ¹c xaĆ»y ra trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹.
Ex: When she arrived, I had been waiting for three hours.
IX- TƶƓng lai ƱƓn (Simple Future):
1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp:
- CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + V
- CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + not + V
- CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Will/Shall + S + V?
2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh:
ThƬ TLƑ duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»:
2.1 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng seƵ xaĆ»y ra trong tƶƓng lai.
Ex: I will call you tomorrow.
2.2 MoƤt quyeĆ”t Ć±Ć²nh Ʊƶa ra vaĆøo luĆ¹c noĆ¹i.
Ex: Itā€™s cold. Iā€™ll shut the window.
2.3 MoƤt quyeĆ”t taĆ¢m, lĆ“Ćøi hĆ¶Ć¹a, ƱeĆ  nghĆ², yeĆ¢u caĆ u.
Ex: I will lend you the money.
Will you marry me?
2.4 MoƤt tieĆ¢n ƱoaĆ¹n, dƶĆÆ baĆ¹o trong tƶƓng lai.
Ex: People will travel to Mars one day.
3) MoƤt soĆ” traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian thƶƓĆøng gaĆ«p:
tomorrow, tonight, next week/month/year, some day, in the future, ā€¦
* LƖU Yƙ: CaĆ¹ch duĆøng cuĆ»a be going to + V:
+ DieĆ£n taĆ» yĆ¹ Ć±Ć²nh (khoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ trong keĆ” hoaĆÆch)
Ex: I have saved some money. I am going to buy a new computer.
(ToĆ¢i ƱaƵ ƱeĆ„ daĆønh ƱƶƓĆÆc moƤt Ć­t tieĆ n. ToĆ¢i Ć±Ć²nh mua moƤt maĆ¹y vi tĆ­nh mĆ“Ć¹i.)
+ DieĆ£n taĆ» moƤt dƶĆÆ Ć±oaĆ¹n coĆ¹ caĆŖn cĆ¶Ć¹
Ex: Look at those clouds. Itā€™s going to rain.
(HaƵy nhƬn nhƶƵng ƱaĆ¹m maĆ¢y ƱoĆ¹ kƬa. TrĆ“Ćøi saĆ©p mƶa.)
X- TƶƓng lai tieĆ”p dieĆ£n (Future Continuous):
1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp:
- CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + be + V-ing
- CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + not + be + V-ing
- CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Will/Shall + S + be + V-ing?
ThayTro.Net
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 6
2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh:
ThƬ TLTD duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ» moƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng seƵ Ʊang dieĆ£n ra Ć“Ć» moƤt thĆ“Ćøi
ƱieĆ„m hay moƤt khoaĆ»ng thĆ“Ćøi gian trong tƶƓng lai.
Ex: This time next week I will be playing tennis.
Weā€™ll be working hard all day tomorrow.
XI- TƶƓng lai hoaĆøn thaĆønh (Future Perfect):
1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp:
- CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + have + V3/ed
- CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + not + have + V3/ed
- CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Will/Shall + S + have + V3/ed?
2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh:
ThƬ TLHT duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»:
2.1 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng seƵ hoaĆøn taĆ”t trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c moƤt thĆ“Ćøi ƱieĆ„m trong tƶƓng lai.
Ex: Itā€™s now 7pm. I will have finished teaching this class by 8.30.
(BaĆ¢y giĆ“Ćø laĆø 7 giĆ“Ćø toĆ”i. ToĆ¢i seƵ daĆÆy xong lĆ“Ć¹p naĆøy luĆ¹c 8g30.)
2.2 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng seƵ hoaĆøn taĆ”t trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c moƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng khaĆ¹c trong tƶƓng lai.
Ex: By the time you come back, I will have written this letter.
(VaĆøo luĆ¹c anh trĆ“Ć» laĆÆi, toĆ¢i seƵ vieĆ”t xong laĆ¹ thƶ naĆøy.)
* ThƬ naĆøy thƶƓĆøng ƱƶƓĆÆc baĆ©t ƱaĆ u baĆØng By + time (By then, By the time, By
the end of this week/month/year).
XII- TƶƓng lai hoaĆøn thaĆønh tieĆ”p dieĆ£n (Future Perfect Continuous):
1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp:
- CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + have + been + V-ing
- CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + not + have + been + V-ing
- CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Will/Shall + S + have + been + V-ing?
2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh:
ThƬ TLHTTD duĆøng ƱeĆ„ nhaĆ”n maĆÆnh tĆ­nh LIEƂN TUƏC cuĆ»a haĆønh ƱoƤng so vĆ“Ć¹i
moƤt thĆ“Ćøi ƱieĆ„m naĆøo ƱoĆ¹ hoaĆ«c haĆønh ƱoƤng khaĆ¹c trong tƶƓng lai.
Ex: By next month, he will have been working in the office for ten
years.
When George gets his degree, he will have been studying at Oxford
for four years.
All things are difficult before they are easy.
VaĆÆn sƶĆÆ khĆ“Ć»i ƱaĆ u nan.
ThayTro.Net
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 7
BaĆøi 2: THEƅ THUƏ ƑOƄNG
I- CaĆ¹c bĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c ƱoĆ„i caĆ¢u chuĆ» ƱoƤng sang caĆ¢u bĆ² ƱoƤng:
1) XaĆ¹c Ć±Ć²nh S, V, O trong caĆ¢u chuĆ» ƱoƤng (V coĆ¹ theĆ„ laĆø ƱƓn hoaĆ«c keĆ¹p. NeĆ”u laĆø
V keĆ¹p thƬ V cuoĆ”i cuĆøng-V chĆ­nh- ƱƶƓĆÆc ƱoĆ„i thaĆønh V3/ed.)
2) XaĆ¹c Ć±Ć²nh thƬ cuĆ»a ƱoƤng tƶĆø
3) Ƒem O trong caĆ¢u chuĆ» ƱoƤng laĆøm S trong caĆ¢u bĆ² ƱoƤng, Ʊem S trong caĆ¢u chuĆ»
ƱoƤng laĆøm O trong caĆ¢u bĆ² ƱoƤng
4) LaĆ”y V chĆ­nh trong caĆ¢u chuĆ» ƱoƤng ƱoĆ„i thaĆønh V3/ed roĆ i theĆ¢m BE thĆ­ch hĆ“ĆÆp
trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c V3/ed
5) ƑaĆ«t BY trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c O trong caĆ¢u bĆ² ƱoƤng
Ex: (A) The cat ate the mouse.
---> (P) The mouse was eaten by the cat.
Trong (A), The cat laĆø S, ate laĆø V chĆ­nh, the mouse laĆø O. Ƒem the mouse
laĆøm S vaĆø the cat laĆøm O trong (P). LaĆ”y V chĆ­nh ƱoĆ„i thaĆønh V3 laĆø eaten. Do V
chĆ­nh trong (A) Ć“Ć» thƬ quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ ƱƓn vaĆø The mouse trong (P) soĆ” Ć­t neĆ¢n BE phaĆ»i laĆø
was. ƑaĆ«t by trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c the cat.
* CaĆ”u truĆ¹c cĆ“ baĆ»n cuĆ»a caĆ¢u bĆ² ƱoƤng laĆø BE + V3/ed. Sau khi laĆøm xong, caĆ n
kieĆ„m tra laĆÆi coĆ¹ thieĆ”u moƤt trong hai yeĆ”u toĆ” ƱoĆ¹ khoĆ¢ng.
II- ƑoƤng tƶĆø trong caĆ¢u chuĆ» ƱoƤng vaĆø bĆ² ƱoƤng:
Tenses Examples
Simple
present
Lan cleans the floor every morning.
--> The floor is cleaned by Lan every morning.
Simple
past
Nam broke the glasses.
--> The glasses were broken by Nam.
Present
continuous
The pupil is not doing some exercises.
--> Some exercises are not being done by the pupil.
Past
continuous
Mother was cooking dinner at 6 yesterday.
--> Dinner was being cooked by mother at 6 yesterday.
Present
perfect
The secretary has just finished the report.
--> The report has just been finished by the secretary.
Past
perfect
The boy had found the key before 9 yesterday.
--> The key had been found by the boy before 9 yesterday.
Simple
future
Mr. Brown will not teach our class.
--> Our class will not be taught by Mr. Brown.
ThayTro.Net
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 8
Future
perfect
The students will have written many compositions.
--> Many compositions will have been written by the students.
Modal
verbs
a) The students must do this exercise in class.
--> This exercise must be done in class by the students.
b) We ought to overcome these difficulties.
--> These difficulties ought to be overcome.
III- MoƤt soĆ” ƱieĆ„m caĆ n lƶu yĆ¹:
1) CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i chuĆ» ƱoƤng vaĆø bĆ² ƱoƤng:
(A) Did your father make this chair?
---> (P) Was this chair made by your father?
(A) Who repaired your bicycle?
---> (P) Whom was your bicycle repaired by?
(By whom was your bicycle repaired?)
(A) What plays did Shakespeare write?
---> (P) What plays were written by Shakespeare?
2) LƶƓĆÆc boĆ» tuĆ¹c tƶĆø trong caĆ¢u bĆ² ƱoƤng:
NeĆ”u chuĆ» tƶĆø trong caĆ¢u chuĆ» ƱoƤng KHOƂNG chƦ roƵ laĆø ngƶƓĆøi hay vaƤt cuĆÆ theĆ„, roƵ
raĆøng (people, someone, every one, no one, any one, I, we, you, they, s/he, it) thƬ
khi ƱoĆ„i sang caĆ¢u bĆ² ƱoƤng (by people /someone / every one / no one / any one /
me / us / you / them / her / him / it) coĆ¹ theĆ„ ƱƶƓĆÆc boĆ» Ʊi.
Ex: (A) People built that bridge in 1998.
---> (P) That bridge was built in 1998.
3) ƑoƤng tƶĆø coĆ¹ hai tuĆ¹c tƶĆø:
3.1 ƑoƤng tƶĆø caĆ n giĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø TO: give, lend, send, show, ā€¦
(A) John will give me this book. (=John will give this book to me.)
---> (P1) I will be given this book by John.
---> (P2) This book will be given to me by John.
3.2 ƑoƤng tƶĆø caĆ n giĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø FOR: buy, make, get, ā€¦
(A) He bought her a rose. (=He bought a rose for her.)
---> (P1) She was bought a rose.
---> (P2) A rose was bought for her.
4) MoƤt soĆ” daĆÆng bĆ² ƱoƤng khaĆ¹c:
4.1 CaĆ”u truĆ¹c They/People say/think/believeā€¦ that ā€¦
- (A) People say that Henry eats ten eggs a day.
---> (P1) It is said that Henry eats ten eggs a day.
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 9
---> (P2) Henry is said to eat ten eggs a day.
- (A) They thought that Mary had gone away.
---> (P1) It was thought that Mary had gone away.
---> (P2) Mary was thought to have gone away.
4.2 CaĆ”u truĆ¹c HAVE / GET + something + V3/ed
- (A) I had him repair my car.
---> (P) I had my car repaired (by him).
- (A) I get her to make some coffee.
---> (P) I get some coffee made (by her).
Time is gold.
ThĆ“Ćøi gian laĆø vaĆøng.
BaĆøi 3: SƖƏ HOAƘ HƔƏP GIƖƕA CHUƛ TƖƘ VAƘ ƑOƄNG TƖƘ
I- NhƶƵng trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp ƱoƤng tƶĆø chia daĆÆng soĆ” Ć­t:
NeĆ”u chuĆ» tƶĆø thuoƤc caĆ¹c trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp sau thƬ ƱoƤng tƶĆø chia daĆÆng soĆ” Ć­t.
1) Danh tƶĆø ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc soĆ” Ć­t hoaĆ«c danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc:
- Mary lives in China.
- Milk is my favorite drink.
2) Danh tƶĆø taƤn cuĆøng baĆØng ā€œSā€ mang nghĆ³a soĆ” Ć­t:
news, mathematics (maths), economics, linguistics, politics, statistics,
physics, phonetics, aerobics, athletics, gymnastics, measles, mumps, rickets,
diabetes, the Philippines, the United States, ā€¦
- The news is interesting.
3) ƑaĆÆi tƶĆø baĆ”t Ć±Ć²nh:
every/any/no/some + body/one/thing
- Someone is kbocking at the door.
4) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  baĆ©t ƱaĆ u baĆØng THAT/WHAT/WHERE/WHENā€¦ hoaĆ«c cuĆÆm tƶĆø
baĆ©t ƱaĆ u baĆØng TO V/V-ing:
- That you get high marks does not surprise me.
- To master English is not easy.
- Growing flowers was her hobby when she was young.
5) TƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian, khoaĆ»ng caĆ¹ch, tieĆ n baĆÆc, Ʊo lƶƓĆøng, theĆ„ tĆ­ch:
- Eight hours of sleep a day is enough.
- Five kilometers is not a long distance.
ThayTro.Net
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 10
- Twenty dollars is too much to pay for that stuff.
6) TƶĆø Ć±Ć²nh lƶƓĆÆng + N mang nghĆ³a soĆ” Ć­t:
- Each of the children has a toy.
- One of my friends is coming.
II- NhƶƵng trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp ƱoƤng tƶĆø chia daĆÆng soĆ” nhieĆ u:
NeĆ”u chuĆ» tƶĆø thuoƤc caĆ¹c trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp sau thƬ ƱoƤng tƶĆø chia daĆÆng soĆ” nhieĆ u.
1) Danh tƶĆø ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc soĆ” nhieĆ u:
- Engineers are key figures in our life.
2) CaĆ¹c danh tƶĆø khaĆ¹c nhau keĆ”t hĆ“ĆÆp baĆØng AND:
- Scientists and engineers are very important.
3) TƶĆø Ć±Ć²nh lƶƓĆÆng + N mang nghĆ³a soĆ” nhieĆ u:
- Most of the students here work very hard.
- Some books I read last week are written by a famous writer.
4) Danh tƶĆø luoĆ¢n Ć“Ć» daĆÆng soĆ” nhieĆ u:
people, police, cattle, poultry, military, goods, clothes, scissors, glasses,ā€¦
- The police have arrested the robbers.
- Sun glasses are used to protect your eyes from the sunlight.
* ChuĆ¹ yĆ¹: A pair of scissors is helpful in this case.
5) The + Adj chƦ danh tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u:
the rich/poor, the young/old/elderly, the homeless, the handicapped, the
blind/deaf/mute, the English/Chinese/Vietnamese,ā€¦
- The poor have many problems.
III- NhƶƵng trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp caĆ n lƶu yĆ¹:
1) Khi caĆ¹c chuĆ» tƶĆø ƱƶƓĆÆc noĆ”i vĆ“Ć¹i nhau bĆ“Ć»i as well as, with, along with hoaĆ«c
together with, ƱoƤng tƶĆø seƵ hoaĆø hĆ“ĆÆp vĆ“Ć¹i chuĆ» tƶĆø thĆ¶Ć¹ nhaĆ”t.
- The students, as well as their teacher, have not come yet.
- The teacher, as well as his students, has not come yet.
2) Khi caĆ¹c chuĆ» tƶĆø ƱƶƓĆÆc noĆ”i vĆ“Ć¹i nhau bĆ“Ć»i either ā€¦ or, neither ā€¦ nor, hoaĆ«c
not only ā€¦ but also ƱoƤng tƶĆø seƵ hoaĆø hĆ“ĆÆp vĆ“Ć¹i chuĆ» tƶĆø gaĆ n nhaĆ”t.
- Neither she nor her friends have arrived.
- Not only the dogs but also the cat is mine.
3) A number of + N soĆ” nhieĆ u ā€“ ƱoƤng tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u, The number of + N soĆ”
nhieĆ u ā€“ ƱoƤng tƶĆø soĆ” Ć­t:
- A number of applicants have been interviewed. (NhieĆ u)
- The number of days in a week is seven. (SoĆ” lƶƓĆÆng)
ThayTro.Net
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 11
4) ChuĆ» tƶĆø laĆø danh tƶĆø taƤp hĆ“ĆÆp:
family, class, crowd, group, club, association, company, team, ā€¦
4.1 Xem nhƶ MOƄT ƑƔN Vƒ - ƱoƤng tƶĆø soĆ” Ć­t:
- My family has three members.
4.2 ƑeĆ  caƤp ƱeĆ”n TƖƘNG CAƙ NHAƂN - ƱoƤng tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u:
- My family were watching TV at 7 yesterday.
Health is better than wealth.
SĆ¶Ć¹c khoeĆ» laĆø vaĆøng.
BaĆøi 4: CAƂU NOƙI TRƖƏC TIEƁP VAƘ GIAƙN TIEƁP
I- ƑoƤng tƶĆø tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt Ć“Ć» thƬ hieƤn taĆÆi hoaĆ«c tƶƓng lai:
NeĆ”u ƱoƤng tƶĆø tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt Ć“Ć» thƬ HIEƄN TAƏI hoaĆ«c TƖƔNG LAI, ta chƦ ƱoĆ„i
NGOƂI nhƶ sau:
1) ƑoĆ„i ngoĆ¢i thĆ¶Ć¹ NHAƁT phuĆø hĆ“ĆÆp vĆ“Ć¹i CHUƛ TƖƘ trong meƤnh ƱeĆ  chĆ­nh
2) ƑoĆ„i ngoĆ¢i thĆ¶Ć¹ HAI phuĆø hĆ“ĆÆp vĆ“Ć¹i TUƙC TƖƘ trong meƤnh ƱeĆ  chĆ­nh
3) NgoĆ¢i thĆ¶Ć¹ BA khoĆ¢ng ƱoĆ„i
Ex: He says to me, ā€œI and you will go with her father tomorrow.ā€
---> He tells me (that) he and I will go with her father tomorrow.
* ChuĆ¹ yĆ¹: say to ---> tell
II- ƑoƤng tƶĆø tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt Ć“Ć» thƬ quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹:
NeĆ”u ƱoƤng tƶĆø tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt Ć“Ć» thƬ quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹, ta ƱoĆ„i ba yeĆ”u toĆ” laĆø ngoĆ¢i, thƬ cuĆ»a ƱoƤng
tƶĆø vaĆø traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian vaĆø nĆ“i choĆ”n.
1) NgoĆ¢i: (nhƶ treĆ¢n)
2) ThƬ cuĆ»a ƱoƤng tƶĆø:
V1 ---> V2/ed
V2/ed ---> had + V3/ed
can ---> could
will ---> would
shall ---> should
may ---> might
must ---> had to
3) TraĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian vaĆø nĆ“i choĆ”n:
today ---> that day
tonight ---> that night
now ---> then
ago ---> before
yesterday ---> the day before
last week ---> the week before
next week ---> the week after
tomorrow ---> the day after
this ---> that
these ---> those
here ---> there
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 12
Ex: She said to me, ā€œI met your brother yesterday.ā€
---> She told me that she had met my brother the day before.
III- CaĆ¹c daĆÆng caĆ¢u tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt:
1) CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh vaĆø phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh:
ƑoƤng tƶĆø tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt thƶƓĆøng laĆø said/told.
Ex1: He said, ā€œI have seen her today.ā€
---> He said (that) he had seen her that day.
Ex2: The teacher said to Peter, ā€œThe prize was not given to you.ā€
---> The teacher told Peter (that) the prize had not been given to him.
* ChuĆ¹ yĆ¹: said to ---> told
2) CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i:
ƑoƤng tƶĆø tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt thƶƓĆøng laĆø asked/wondered/wanted to know
(hoĆ»i/tƶĆÆ hoĆ»i/muoĆ”n bieĆ”t).
2.1 Y/N:
Ex1: She asked me, ā€œDo you like him?ā€
---> She asked me if I liked him.
Ex2: He said, ā€œCan you speak English, Nam?ā€
---> He asked Nam whether he could speak English.
2.2 WH-:
Ex1: He said, ā€œWhat is her name?ā€
---> He asked what her name was.
Ex2: She said to him, ā€œWhere do you live?ā€
---> She asked him where he lived.
* ChuĆ¹ yĆ¹ traƤt tƶĆÆ cuĆ»a S vaĆø V:
CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i trƶĆÆc tieĆ”p ---> CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i giaĆ¹n tieĆ”p
- Y/N: ā€œV + S?ā€ if/whether + S + V
- WH-: ā€œWH- + V + S?ā€ WH- + S + V
* said to ---> asked
3) CaĆ¢u meƤnh leƤnh:
ƑoƤng tƶĆø tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt thƶƓĆøng laĆø told/asked/ordered (baĆ»o/yeĆ¢u caĆ u/ra leƤnh).
3.1 KhaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh:
Ex: The teacher said, ā€œGo to the board, John.ā€
---> The teacher told John to go to the board.
3.2 PhuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh:
Ex: Nam said to his friend, ā€œDonā€™t shut the door.ā€
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 13
---> Nam asked his friend not to shut the door.
Many a little makes a mickle.
GoĆ¹p gioĆ¹ thaĆønh baƵo.
BaĆøi 5: CAƂU ƑIEƀU KIEƄN VAƘ CAƂU AO ƖƔƙC
I- CaĆ¢u ƱieĆ u kieƤn:
1) Ba loaĆÆi caĆ¢u ƱieĆ u kieƤn:
1.1 LoaĆÆi moƤt:
DieĆ£n taĆ» ƱieĆ u kieƤn COƙ THEƅ XAƛY RA Ć“Ć» hieƤn taĆÆi hoaĆ«c tƶƓng lai.
Ex: If it rains heavily, I will stay at home.
1.2 LoaĆÆi hai:
DieĆ£n taĆ» ƱieĆ u kieƤn KHOƂNG THEƅ XAƛY RA Ć“Ć» hieƤn taĆÆi hoaĆ«c tƶƓng lai.
Ex1: I would buy a new bicycle if I had enough money.
(HieƤn taĆÆi toĆ¢i khoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ ƱuĆ» tieĆ n.)
Ex2: If I were a king, you would be a queen.
(ToĆ¢i khoĆ¢ng theĆ„ laĆø vua.)
1.3 LoaĆÆi ba:
DieĆ£n taĆ» ƱieĆ u kieƤn KHOƂNG THEƅ XAƛY RA Ć“Ć» quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹.
Ex: If John had worked harder, he wouldnā€™t have failed his exam.
(SƶĆÆ thaƤt laĆø John ƱaƵ khoĆ¢ng chaĆŖm chƦ vaĆø ƱaƵ thi rĆ“Ć¹t.)
2) ToĆ¹m taĆ©t coĆ¢ng thĆ¶Ć¹c:
LoaĆÆi IF CLAUSE MAIN CLAUSE
1 V1(s/es) will/can/mayā€¦ + V
2 V2/ed/WERE would/could/shouldā€¦ + V
3 had +V3/ed would/could/shouldā€¦+ have + V3/ed
3) NhƶƵng ƱieĆ„m caĆ n lƶu yĆ¹:
4.1 ā€œIf ā€¦ notā€ coĆ¹ theĆ„ ƱƶƓĆÆc thay baĆØng ā€œUNLESSā€ (trƶĆø phi):
Ex: We will be late if we donā€™t hurry.
---> We will be late unless we hurry.
Ex: If I have time, Iā€™ll help you.
---> Unless I have time, I wonā€™t help you.
4.2 BoĆ» IF trong 3 loaĆÆi caĆ¢u ƱieĆ u kieƤn (phaĆ»i coĆ¹ ƱaĆ»o ngƶƵ vĆ“Ć¹i
SHOULD/WERE/HAD):
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 14
Ex: If it should be necessary, I will go.
---> Should it be necessary, I will go.
Ex: If I were rich, I would buy a new car.
---> Were I rich, I would buy a new car.
Ex: If you had asked me, I would have told you the answer.
---> Had you asked me, I would have told you the answer.
4.3 MoƤt soĆ” tƶĆø/cuĆÆm tƶĆø coĆ¹ theĆ„ thay cho IF vĆ“Ć¹i nghĆ³a tƶƓng ƱƶƓng:
provided that/so(as) long as (mieĆ£n laĆø)/in case (trong trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp)/on condition
that (vĆ“Ć¹i ƱieĆ u kieƤn)
Ex: You can borrow my book provided that you bring it back.
II- CaĆ¢u ao Ć¶Ć“Ć¹c: WISH (Ć¶Ć“Ć¹c)/IF ONLY(giaĆ¹ maĆø)
1) KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» hieƤn taĆÆi: V2/ed/WERE
- I wish Peter were here now. (He isnā€™t here now.)
- If only I had more money.
2) KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» tƶƓng lai: WOULD + V
- She wishes Tom would be here tomorrow.
- If only Tom would be here tomorrow.
3) KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹: HAD + V3/ed
- We wish she had passed her exam last year.
- If only you hadnā€™t told Peter about our plan.
Where thereā€™s a will thereā€™s a way.
CoĆ¹ chĆ­ thƬ neĆ¢n.
BaĆøi 6: SƖƏ ƑAƛO NGƖƕ
MoƤt soĆ” tƶĆø/cuĆÆm tƶĆø sau khi ƱaĆ«t ƱaĆ u caĆ¢u caĆ n ƱaĆ»o ngƶƵ:
1) NhƶƵng traĆÆng tƶĆø coĆ¹ nghĆ³a phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh hoaĆ«c gaĆ n phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh:
never, no longer, nowhere else, rarely, seldom, little, not until
- He knows little about what she has done.
---> Little does he know about what she has done.
- She is not only beautiful, but she is also very intelligent.
---> Not only is she beautiful, but she is also very intelligent.
2) CaĆ¹c cuĆÆm tƶĆø baĆ©t ƱaĆ u baĆØng AT, IN, ON, UNDER:
- At no time was Tom aware of what was happening.
- In no circumstances would I agree such a proposal.
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 15
3) CaĆ¢u dieĆ u kieƤn lƶƓĆÆc boĆ» IF: (xem BaĆøi 5, I, 3.2)
- If anyone asks me, please tell them I will be away for a few days.
---> Should anyone ask me, please tell them I will be away for a few days.
- If I knew him better, I would give him advice.
---> Did I know him better, I would give him advice.
4) SO/SUCH:
- I am a student, so is she.
- The day was so hot that we had to stay indoors.
---> So hot was the day that we had to stay indoors.
- It is such a good book that I canā€™t put it down.
---> Such a good book is it that I canā€™t put it down.
5) ONLY when/after/by/then/if ā€¦
- Only after a year did I begin to see the results of my work.
- Only by working harder will you pass your final exam.
6) HARDLY/SCARCELY/BARELY ā€¦ WHEN; NO SOONER ā€¦ THAN:
- Hardly had I arrived home when I had a new problem.
- No sooner had she handed in her paper than she realized her careless
mistakes.
Necessity is the mother of invention.
CaĆ¹i khoĆ¹ loĆ¹ caĆ¹i khoĆ¢n.
BaĆøi 7: TƖƘ ƑƒNH LƖƔƏNG
VI- TƶĆø chƦ soĆ” lƶƓĆÆng lĆ“Ć¹n/nhoĆ»:
1) A lot of, lots of, many, much: (nhieĆ u)
- A lot of, lots of + danh tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u/danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc trong caĆ¢u
khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh
Ex: He has a lot of / lots of friends here.
We need a lot of / lots of time to learn a foreign language.
- Many, much: duĆøng trong caĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh vaĆø nghi vaĆ”n.
MANY + danh tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u
MUCH + danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc
Ex: There arenā€™t many people living here.
Does the newspaper have much information?
- Many, much sau VERY, SO, TOO, AS:
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 16
Ex: Very many crimes go unreported.
We had so many exercises to do.
There is too much salt in the soup.
He hasnā€™t got as much patience as I thought.
2) A few, a little / few, little: (moƤt vaĆøi, moƤt Ć­t / (raĆ”t) Ć­t)
- A few, a little: duĆøng vĆ“Ć¹i nghĆ³a xaĆ¹c Ć±Ć²nh
A few + danh tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u
A little + danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc
Ex: Weā€™ve got a little bacon and a few eggs.
- Few, little: duĆøng vĆ“Ć¹i nghĆ³a phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh
Few + danh tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u
Little + danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc
Ex: Few people can say that they always tell the truth.
There is little sugar in my coffee.
3) A large number of, a great deal of/a large amount of: (soĆ” lƶƓĆÆng lĆ“Ć¹n)
- A large numer of + danh tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u
Ex: He has a large number of English books.
* A number of + Ns + ƱoƤng tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u
The number of + Ns + ƱoƤng tƶĆø soĆ” Ć­t (xem vĆ­ duĆÆ BaĆøi 3, III,3)
- A great deal of + danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc
Ex: A dishwasher uses a great deal of electricity.
VII- TƶĆø chƦ soĆ” lƶƓĆÆng toaĆøn theĆ„/boƤ phaƤn:
1) All, most, some, any, no:
- VĆ“Ć¹i danh tƶĆø ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc soĆ” nhieĆ u vaĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc:
Ex: All rabbits love green food. My brother likes all music.
Most students love football. Most pollution can be avoided.
Iā€™ve just bought some books. Would you like some beer?
She didnā€™t have any friends. Have you got any wood?
We have no Sundays free. I have no time to talk to you.
* SOME duĆøng trong caĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh vaĆø caĆ¢u hoĆ»i.
ANY duĆøng trong caĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh vaĆø caĆ¢u hoĆ»i.
- VĆ“Ć¹i caĆ”u truĆ¹c OF + the/these/those/my/her/ourā€¦ + N (Ć­t/nhieĆ u)
Ex: Most of my students like English. Some of the food is delicious.
- VĆ“Ć¹i caĆ”u truĆ¹c OF + ƱaĆÆi tƶĆø taĆ¢n ngƶƵ (us/you/them/it)
Ex: Some of you have made careless mistakes in your tests.
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 17
* KhoĆ¢ng duĆøng caĆ”u truĆ¹c NO OF + ā€¦
2) Every, each, both, either, neither:
- Every, each + N ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc soĆ” Ć­t (haĆøm yĆ¹ taĆ”t caĆ» hoaĆ«c moĆ£i moƤt ngƶƓĆøi/vaƤt
trong nhoĆ¹m)
Ex: Every/Each room has a number.
I go for walk every day. (moĆ£i ngaĆøy)
Each day seems to pass very slowly. (tƶĆøng ngaĆøy)
- Each of + the/these/those/my/her/ourā€¦ + N soĆ” nhieĆ u
Ex: Each of the students has a personal computer.
- Each of + ƱaĆÆi tƶĆø taĆ¢n ngƶƵ (us/you/them)
Ex: Each of us has our own desk.
- Each Ć±Ć¶Ć¹ng moƤt mƬnh hoaĆ«c Ʊi sau ƱaĆÆi tƶĆø
Ex: They gave us each an English book.
Each has an English book.
- Both, either, neither + N (Ʊi vĆ“Ć¹i hai ngƶƓĆøi hoaĆ«c hai vaƤt)
Ex: Both his parents are from Europe.
You can read either book. (one of 2 books)
Neither car is very economical to run. (2 cars)
- Both, either, neither + OF + the/these/those/my/her/ourā€¦ + N soĆ” nhieĆ u
Ex: Both of his parents are from Europe.
You can read either of the books.
Neither of the cars is/are very economical to run.
- Both, either, neither + OF + ƱaĆÆi tƶĆø taĆ¢n ngƶƵ (us/you/them)
Ex: Both of us were tired.
Beauty is but skin-deep.
CaĆ¹i neĆ”t ƱaĆ¹nh cheĆ”t caĆ¹i ƱeĆÆp.
BaĆøi 8: MEƄNH ƑEƀ TƍNH TƖƘ VAƘ MEƄNH ƑEƀ TRAƏNG TƖƘ
VI- MeƤnh ƱeĆ  tĆ­nh tƶĆø:
MeƤnh ƱeĆ  tĆ­nh tƶĆø hay meƤnh ƱeĆ  quan heƤ ƱƶƓĆÆc ƱaĆ«t sau danh tƶĆø noĆ¹ phuĆÆ nghĆ³a,
ƱƶƓĆÆc noĆ”i baĆØng caĆ¹c tƶĆø quan heƤ: WHO, WHOM, WHICH, THAT, WHOSE,
WHERE, WHY, WHEN.
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 18
Ex: - The woman who/that is standing over there is my sister.
- I know the boy who(m)/that I spoke to.
- She works for a company which/that makes cars.
- The girl whose photo was in the paper lives in our street.
- John found a cat whose leg/the leg of which was broken.
- The hotel where we stayed wasnā€™t very clean.
- Tell me the reason why you are so sad.
- Do you remember the day when we first met?
1) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  quan heƤ haĆÆn Ć±Ć²nh:
DuĆøng ƱeĆ„ boĆ„ nghĆ³a cho danh tƶĆø Ć±Ć¶Ć¹ng trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c. NeĆ”u boĆ» Ʊi meƤnh ƱeĆ  chĆ­nh seƵ
khoĆ¢ng roƵ nghĆ³a.
Ex: I saw the girl. She helped us last week.
---> I saw the girl who/that helped us last week.
2) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  quan heƤ khoĆ¢ng haĆÆn Ć±Ć²nh:
DuĆøng ƱeĆ„ boĆ„ nghĆ³a cho danh tƶĆø Ć±Ć¶Ć¹ng trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c, laĆø phaĆ n giaĆ»i thĆ­ch theĆ¢m. NeĆ”u boĆ»
Ʊi meƤnh ƱeĆ  chĆ­nh vaĆ£n roƵ nghĆ³a. MeƤnh ƱeĆ  naĆøy thƶƓĆøng ƱƶƓĆÆc taĆ¹ch khoĆ»i meƤnh ƱeĆ 
chĆ­nh baĆØng daĆ”u phaĆ„y ā€œ,ā€.
Ta duĆøng meƤnh ƱeĆ  quan heƤ khoĆ¢ng haĆÆn Ć±Ć²nh khi:
- TrĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c danh tƶĆø quan heƤ coĆ¹: this/that/these/those/my/her/his/ā€¦
- TƶĆø quan heƤ laĆø teĆ¢n rieĆ¢ng hoaĆ«c danh tƶĆø rieĆ¢ng.
Ex: My father is a doctor. He is fifty years old.
---> My father, who is fifty years old, is a doctor.
Mr Brown is a very nice teacher. We studied English with him.
---> Mr Brown, who(m) we studied English with, is a very nice teacher.
* LƖU Yƙ: KHOƂNG duĆøng THAT trong meƤnh ƱeĆ  naĆøy.
Mr Brown, that we studied English with, is a very nice teacher.
3) GiĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø ƱaĆ«t trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c meƤnh ƱeĆ  tĆ­nh tƶĆø: (WHOM/WHICH)
Ex: The man speaks English very fast. I talked to him last night.
---> The man to whom I last night speaks English very fast.
DANH TƖƘ CHUƛ TƖƘ TUƙC TƖƘ SƔƛ HƖƕU
NgƶƓĆøi WHO/THAT WHO(M)/THAT WHOSE
VaƤt/Ƒ.vaƤt WHICH/THAT WHICH/THAT WHOSE/OF WHICH
NƓi choƔn WHERE
LyĆ¹ do WHY
ThĆ“Ćøi gian WHEN
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 19
The house is for sale. I was born in it.
---> The house in which I was born is for sale.
* LƖU Yƙ: KHOƂNG duĆøng THAT, WHO sau giĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø.
The house in that I was born is for sale.
4) ƑaĆÆi tƶĆø quan heƤ THAT:
1.1 NhƶƵng trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp thƶƓĆøng duĆøng THAT:
- Sau cuĆÆm tƶĆø quan heƤ vƶĆøa chƦ ngƶƓĆøi vaĆø vaƤt:
Ex: He told me the places and people that he had seen in London.
- Sau ƱaĆÆi tƶĆø baĆ”t Ć±Ć²nh:
Ex: Iā€™ll tell you something that is very interesting.
- Sau caĆ¹c tĆ­nh tƶĆø so saĆ¹nh nhaĆ”t, ALL, EVERY, VERY, ONLY:
Ex: This is the most beautiful dress that I have.
All that is mine is yours.
You are the only person that can help us.
- Trong caĆ”u truĆ¹c It + be + ā€¦ + that ā€¦ (chĆ­nh laĆø ā€¦)
Ex: It is my friend that wrote this sentence.
(ChĆ­nh laĆø baĆÆn toĆ¢i ƱaƵ vieĆ”t caĆ¢u naĆøy.)
1.2 NhƶƵng trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp khoĆ¢ng duĆøng THAT:
- Trong meƤnh ƱeĆ  tĆ­nh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng haĆÆn Ć±Ć²nh (xem LƖU Yƙ muĆÆc 2))
- Sau giĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø (xem LƖU Yƙ muĆÆc 3))
5) OF WHICH / OF WHOM:
Ex: Daisy has three brothers. All of them are teachers.
---> Daisy has three brothers, all of whom are teachers.
He asked me a lot of questions. I couldnā€™t answer most of them.
---> He asked me a lot of questions, most of which I couldnā€™t answer.
6) RuĆ¹t goĆÆn meƤnh ƱeĆ  tĆ­nh tƶĆø thaĆønh cuĆÆm tĆ­nh tƶĆø:
1.1 DuĆøng V-ing hoaĆ«c boĆ» BE:
Khi ƱoƤng tƶĆø chĆ­nh trong meƤnh ƱeĆ  tĆ­nh tƶĆø Ć“Ć» theĆ„ CHUƛ ƑOƄNG hoaĆ«c laĆø BE.
Ex: Those people who are taking photos over there come from Sweden.
---> Those people taking photos over there come from Sweden.
Fans who want to buy tickets started queuing early.
---> Fans wanting to buy tickets started queuing early.
The books which are on that shelf are mine.
---> The books on that shelf are mine.
1.2 DuĆøng V3/ed:
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 20
Khi ƱoƤng tƶĆø chĆ­nh trong meƤnh ƱeĆ  tĆ­nh tƶĆø Ć“Ć» theĆ„ Bƒ ƑOƄNG.
Ex: The books which were written by To Hoai are interesting.
---> The books written by To Hoai are interesting.
Most students who were punished last week are lazy.
---> Most students punished last week are lazy.
1.3 DuĆøng (FOR + O) TO V:
Ex: This is the hotel where we can stay.
---> This is the hotel (for us) to stay.
VII- MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø:
1) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ nĆ“i choĆ”n:
where (nĆ“i, choĆ£) hoaĆ«c wherever (baĆ”t cĆ¶Ć¹ nĆ“i naĆøo)
Ex: He told me where he had seen the money.
I will go wherever you go.
2) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ theĆ„ caĆ¹ch:
as (nhƶ), as if/as though (nhƶ theƄ)
Ex: We should do as our teacher tells us.
She looks as if sheā€™s going to cry.
* SƶĆÆ vieƤc khoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» hieƤn taĆÆi
as if/as though + S + WERE/V2/ed
Ex: He looked at me as if I were mad.
* SƶĆÆ vieƤc khoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹
as if/as though + S + had + V3/ed
Ex: He ran as if he had seen a ghost.
3) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ nguyeĆ¢n nhaĆ¢n / lyĆ¹ do:
because, since, as (bƓƻi vƬ)
Ex: She sold the car because she needed some money.
* So saĆ¹nh because vaĆø because of:
BECAUSE + S + V BECAUSE OF + V-ing/N/N phrase
Ex: Iā€™m late because Iā€™m sick. Iā€™m late because of being sick.
Iā€™m late because of my sickness.
4) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ muĆÆc Ʊƭch:
so that/in order that (ƱeƄ) + S + (can/could) + V
Ex: She wants to stay here so that she can perfect her English.
5) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian:
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 21
when (khi), as (khi/trong khi), while (trong khi), after (sau khi), before
(trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c khi), until/till (cho tĆ“Ć¹i khi), since (tƶĆø khi), as soon as (ngay khi),
whenever (baĆ”t cĆ¶Ć¹ khi naĆøo), no sooner ā€¦ than/ hardly ā€¦ when (vƶĆøa mĆ“Ć¹i ā€¦ thƬ)
Ex: When it rains, I usually go to school by bus.
We should do a good deed whenever we can.
* ƑaĆ»o ngƶƵ vĆ“Ć¹i no sooner ā€¦ than/ hardly ā€¦ when (xem BaĆøi 1, III, 3)
* KHOƂNG duĆøng thƬ TƖƔNG LAI trong meƤnh traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian.
Iā€™ll tell you the news when I will come.
* ThƬ cuĆ»a ƱoƤng tƶĆø trong MƑ chĆ­nh vaĆø MƑ traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian:
MeƤnh ƱeĆ  chĆ­nh MeƤnh traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian
- Present - Present
- Past - Past
- Future - Present
6) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ keĆ”t quaĆ»:
- so + adj/adv + that ā€¦ (quaĆ¹ ā€¦ ƱeĆ”n noĆ£i ā€¦)
Ex: The coffee is so hot that I canā€™t drink it.
- such (+ a(n)) + adj + Noun + that ā€¦ (quaĆ¹ ā€¦ ƱeĆ”n noĆ£i ā€¦)
Ex: It was such a hot day that we stopped playing.
They are such interesting books that I want to buy them all.
- so + many/much/few/little + Noun + that ā€¦ (quaĆ¹ nhieĆ u/Ć­tā€¦Ć±eĆ”n noĆ£iā€¦)
Ex: There are so many people in the room that I feel tired.
7) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ sƶĆÆ nhƶƓĆÆng boƤ:
though/although/even though (maĆ«c duĆø) + S + V
Ex: Though he looks ill, he is really strong.
* LƖU Yƙ:
- in spite of/despite (maĆ«c duĆø) + V-ing/N/N phrase
Ex: In spite of having little money, they always enloy themselves.
(Although they have little money, they always enloy themselves.)
- in spite of/despite + the fact that (maĆ«c duĆø) + S + V
Ex: Despite the fact that they have little money, theyā€™re always happy.
- no matter where = wherever (duĆø baĆ”t cĆ¶Ć¹ ƱaĆ¢u)
Ex: No matter where you go, you need to have friends.
Diligence is the mother of success.
CoĆ¹ coĆ¢ng maĆøi saĆ©t coĆ¹ ngaĆøy neĆ¢n kim
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 22
BaĆøi 9: DANH ƑOƄNG TƖƘ VAƘ ƑOƄNG TƖƘ NGUYEƂN MAƃU COƙ ā€œTOā€
I- DANH ƑOƄNG TƖƘ: (Gerund)
Ex: She enjoys listening to music.
V + V-ing (Gerund)
MoƤt soĆ” tƶĆø/ƱoƤng tƶĆø sau ƱaĆ¢y caĆ n coĆ¹ V-ing theo sau:
* enjoy (thĆ­ch, thƶƓƻng thĆ¶Ć¹c), finish (hoaĆøn thaĆønh), postpone (trƬ hoaƵn),
avoid (traĆ¹nh), keep (vaĆ£n coĆøn), practise (thƶĆÆc haĆønh), miss (boĆ» lƓƵ), be/get used to
(quen vĆ“Ć¹i), spend (tieĆ¢u xaĆøi, traĆ»i qua), allow/permit (cho pheĆ¹p), advise (khuyeĆ¢n),
recommend (ƱeĆ  nghĆ², khuyeĆ¢n baĆ»o), give up (tƶĆø boĆ», ƱaĆ u haĆøng), suggest (ƱeĆ  nghĆ²),
deny (tƶĆø choĆ”i), consider (xem xeĆ¹t), quit (rĆ“Ćøi boĆ»), dislike (khoĆ¢ng thĆ­ch), like
(thĆ­ch), canā€™t help (khoĆ¢ng theĆ„ khoĆ¢ng), ā€¦
* itā€™s no use/good (khoĆ¢ng lĆ“ĆÆi Ć­ch gƬ), would you mind (baĆÆn coĆ¹ phieĆ n)
* worth (ƱaĆ¹ng, ƱaĆ¹ng ƱƶƓĆÆc), busy (baƤn roƤn)
II- ƑOƄNG TƖƘ NGUYEƂN MAƃU COƙ ā€œTOā€:
Ex: I want to learn English well.
V + TO V
MoƤt soĆ” ƱoƤng tƶĆø sau ƱaĆ¢y caĆ n coĆ¹ to V theo sau:
want (muoĆ”n), expect (mong chĆ“Ćø, kyĆø voĆÆng), refuse (tƶĆø choĆ”i), hope (hy
voĆÆng), decide (quyeĆ”t Ć±Ć²nh), agree (ƱoĆ ng yĆ¹), plan (dƶĆÆ Ć±Ć²nh), would like (muoĆ”n),
like (muoĆ”n), fail (thaĆ”t baĆÆi, hoĆ»ng), learn (hoĆÆc), afford (coĆ¹ ƱuĆ» khaĆ» naĆŖng/ƱieĆ u kieƤn),
manage (xoay sĆ“Ć»), choose (choĆÆn lƶĆÆa), demand (ƱoĆøi hoĆ»i, yeĆ¢u caĆ u), prepare
(chuaĆ„n bĆ²), pretend (giaĆ» boƤ), promise (hĆ¶Ć¹a), seek (tƬm kieĆ”m), threaten (Ʊe doaĆÆ),
train (ƱaĆøo taĆÆo, huaĆ”n luyeƤn), wish (ao Ć¶Ć“Ć¹c), ā€¦
III- TO INFINITIVE OR GERUND?
1) MoƤt soĆ” ƱoƤng tƶĆø coĆ¹ V-ing hoaĆ«c TO V theo sau khoĆ¢ng laĆøm thay ƱoĆ„i nghĆ³a:
begin/start (baĆ©t ƱaĆ u), continue (tieĆ”p tuĆÆc), hate (gheĆ¹t), canā€™t bear (khoĆ¢ng
chĆ²u ƱƶƓĆÆc), intend (dƶĆÆ Ć±Ć²nh), love (yeĆ¢u thƶƓng), prefer (thĆ­chā€¦hĆ“n), hesitate (do
dƶĆÆ), ā€¦
2) MoƤt soĆ” ƱoƤng tƶĆø coĆ¹ V-ing hoaĆ«c TO V theo sau laĆøm thay ƱoĆ„i nghĆ³a:
- stop + to V: dƶĆøng laĆÆi ƱeĆ„ laĆøm
Ex: I stop to eat lunch.
(ToĆ¢i dƶĆøng laĆÆi ƱeĆ„ aĆŖn trƶa.)
- stop + V-ing: dƶĆøng haĆønh ƱoƤng Ʊang laĆøm
Ex: You should stop smoking.
(BaĆÆn neĆ¢n boĆ» huĆ¹t thuoĆ”c.)
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 23
- try + to V: coƔ gaƩng
Ex: He tries to get ten marks.
(Anh ta coĆ” gaĆ©ng ƱaĆÆt mƶƓĆøi ƱieĆ„m.)
- try + V-ing: thƶƻ
Ex: She tried writing with her left hand.
(CoĆ¢ ta thƶƻ vieĆ”t baĆØng tay traĆ¹i.)
- need + to V: caĆ n (nghĆ³a chuĆ» ƱoƤng)
Ex: They need to work harder.
(HoĆÆ caĆ n laĆøm vieƤc chaĆŖm chƦ hĆ“n.)
- need + V-ing: caĆ n ƱƶƓĆÆc (nghĆ³a bĆ² ƱoƤng)
Ex: This room needs cleaning.
(CaĆŖn phoĆøng naĆøy caĆ n lau chuĆøi.)
- remember/forget + to V: nhĆ“Ć¹/queĆ¢n laĆøm ƱieĆ u gƬ (chƶa xaĆ»y ra)
Ex: Remember to post the letter when you get to the post office.
(NhĆ“Ć¹ gĆ“Ć»i laĆ¹ thƶ khi baĆÆn ƱeĆ”n bƶu ƱieƤn.)
- remember/forget + V-ing: nhĆ“Ć¹/queĆ¢n ƱaƵ laĆøm ƱieĆ u gƬ (ƱaƵ xaĆ»y ra)
Ex: I will never forget seeing you here last year.
(ToĆ¢i seƵ khoĆ¢ng bao giĆ“Ćø queĆ¢n gaĆ«p baĆÆn taĆÆi ƱaĆ¢y vaĆøo naĆŖm roĆ i.)
- regret + to V: tieĆ”c phaĆ»i laĆøm ƱieĆ u gƬ (haĆønh ƱoƤng saĆ©p xaĆ»y ra)
Ex: I regret to tell you that you failed the exam.
(ToĆ¢i laĆ”y laĆøm tieĆ”c baĆ¹o cho anh hay anh ƱaƵ thi hoĆ»ng.)
- regret + V-ing: tieĆ”c ƱaƵ laĆøm ƱieĆ u gƬ (haĆønh ƱoƤng ƱaƵ xaĆ»y ra)
Ex: She regretted going to New York for holiday.
(CoĆ¢ aĆ”y tieĆ”c ƱaƵ Ʊi nghƦ Ć“Ć» New York.)
* LƖU Yƙ: CaĆ”u truĆ¹c S + V + O + TO V vaĆø S + LET/MAKE + O + V
Ex: I permit you to go out tonight. They let me visit my parents.
Make haste slowly
DuĆÆc toĆ”c baĆ”t ƱaĆÆt
BaĆøi 10: TƖƘ LOAƏI
I- Danh tƶĆø:
1) Danh tƶĆø ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc:
1.1 HƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c soĆ” Ć­t: a/an + N
- ā€œaā€ Ć±Ć¶Ć¹ng trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c danh tƶĆø soĆ” Ć­t baĆ©t ƱaĆ u baĆØng moƤt phuĆÆ aĆ¢m.
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 24
Ex: a book, a pen, ā€¦
- ā€œanā€ Ć±Ć¶Ć¹ng trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c danh tƶĆø soĆ” Ć­t baĆ©t ƱaĆ u baĆØng moƤt nguyeĆ¢n aĆ¢m.
Ex: an apple, an orange, an egg, an umbrella, an island, ā€¦
1.2 HƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c soĆ” nhieĆ u:
1.2.1 HĆ“ĆÆp quy taĆ©c: Ns/es
Ex: books, pens, boxes
1.2.2 BaƔt quy taƩc:
SoĆ” Ć­t SoĆ” nhieĆ u SoĆ” Ć­t SoĆ” nhieĆ u
a man men a foot feet
a woman women a tooth teeth
a child children a bacterium bacteria
a person people a curriculum curricula
a mouse mice a datum data
a louse lice a criterion criteria
a goose geese a phenomenon phenomena
1.2.3 Danh tƶĆø luoĆ¢n coĆ¹ hƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c vaĆø mang nghĆ³a soĆ” nhieĆ u:
clothes, scissors, spectacles, shorts, pants, jeans, trousers, pyjamas,
binoculars, belongings, ā€¦
1.2.4 Danh tƶĆø soĆ” Ć­t vaĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u coĆ¹ hƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c gioĆ”ng nhau:
sheep, deer, aircraft, craft, fish, ā€¦
1.2.5 Danh tƶĆø luoĆ¢n mang nghĆ³a soĆ” nhieĆ u: (xem BaĆøi 3, II, 4)
police, cattle, people, ā€¦
1.2.6 Danh tƶĆø coĆ¹ hƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c soĆ” nhieĆ u nhƶng mang nghĆ³a soĆ” Ć­t:
news, mathematics, the United States, ā€¦ (xem BaĆøi 3, I, 2)
2) Danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc:
LaĆø nhƶƵng thĆ¶Ć¹ ta khoĆ¢ng theĆ„ ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc trƶĆÆc tieĆ”p (moƤt, hai, ba, ā€¦) nhƶ milk,
water, rice, sugar, butter, salt, bread, news, information, advice, luggage, health,
knowledge, equipment, iron, paper, glass, ā€¦ (one milk, two milk)
* ChuĆ¹ yĆ¹:
- KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ hƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c soĆ” nhieĆ u (s/es)
- KhoĆ¢ng duĆøng vĆ“Ć¹i a/an/one/twoā€¦
- CoĆ¹ theĆ„ Ʊi vĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø chƦ dĆ“n vĆ² Ć±Ć²nh lƶƓĆÆng + of:
a bottle of milk, two litters of water, a loaf of bread, three sheets of paper,
four pieces of chalk, a bar of chocolate, a gallon of petrol, ā€¦
3) Danh tƶĆø vƶĆøa ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc vƶĆøa khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc:
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 25
MoƤt soĆ” danh tƶĆø trong trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp naĆøy laĆø ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc nhƶng trong trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp
khaĆ¹c laĆÆi khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc.
ƑeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc KhoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc
a glass (moƤt caĆ¹i li) glass (thuĆ»y tinh)
two papers (hai tĆ“Ćø baĆ¹o) paper (giaĆ”y)
three coffees (ba taĆ¹ch caĆø pheĆ¢) coffee (caĆø pheĆ¢)
two sugars (hai muoĆ£ng ƱƶƓng) sugar (ƱƶƓĆøng)
II- TĆ­nh tƶĆø:
2) VĆ² trĆ­ cuĆ»a tĆ­nh tƶĆø:
6.1 TrĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c danh tƶĆø:
Ex: She is a beautiful girl.
6.2 Sau danh tƶĆø:
g) ChƦ sƶĆÆ Ć±o lƶƓĆøng, tuoĆ„i taĆ¹c:
Ex: This table is two meters long.
Heā€™s twenty years old.
h) TĆ­nh tƶĆø coĆ¹ tieĆ”p ƱaĆ u ngƶƵ ā€œaā€:
asleep (Ʊang nguĆ»), ablaze (buĆøng chaĆ¹y), alight (bƶĆøng saĆ¹ng), awake
(thĆ¶Ć¹c), alive (coĆøn soĆ”ng), alike (gioĆ”ng nhau), afloat (noĆ„i), ā€¦
Ex: I saw my son asleep on the floor.
i) TĆ­nh tƶĆø boĆ„ ngƶƵ cho tuĆ¹c tƶĆø:
Ex: We should keep our room clean.
6.3 Sau Linking verbs:
be, become, feel, look, taste, sound, smell, seem, get, turn, appear
Ex: It becomes hot today.
6.4 Sau ƱaĆÆi tƶĆø baĆ”t Ć±Ć²nh:
something, someone/body, anything, anyone/body, everything,
everyone/body, nothing, no one, nobody
Ex: Do you have anything important to tell me?
6.5 Sau traĆÆng tƶĆø:
Ex: Your story is very interesting.
3) TraƤt tƶĆÆ cuĆ»a caĆ¹c tĆ­nh tƶĆø trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c danh tƶĆø:
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 26
TƍNH TƖƘ
Yƙ KIEƁN SƖƏ THAƄT
KĆ­ch
thĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c
TuoƄi HƬnh
daĆÆng
MaĆøu saĆ©c QuoĆ”c
tĆ²ch/nĆ“i
choƔn
ChaƔt
lieƤu
nice,
good, bad,
ugly,
beautiful big,
small,
tall
old,
young
fat, thin,
round
white,
black
Vietnamese,
English,
French
wooden,
golden
Ex: A beautiful tall thin Vietnamese girl is standing over there.
4) TĆ­nh tƶĆø duĆøng nhƶ danh tƶĆø: (xem theĆ¢m BaĆøi 3, II, 5)
THE + ADJ ---> NOUN
the poor, the rich, the blind, the deaf, the old, the handicapped, the sick, the
strong, the weak, the hungry, the disadvantaged, the unemployed, the disabled,
the living, the dead, the young, the middle-aged
Ex: The rich should help the poor.
5) PhaĆ¢n tƶĆø duĆøng nhƶ tĆ­nh tƶĆø:
TĆ­nh tƶĆø taƤn cuĆøng baĆØng
ā€“ING ā€“ED ā€“ING ā€“ED
amazing amazed exciting excited
amusing amused frightening frightened
boring bored interesting interested
confusing confused pleasing pleased
depressing depressed relaxing relaxed
deserving deserved satisfying satisfied
disappointing disappointed shocking shocked
distinguishing distinguished surprising surprised
encouraging encouraged tiring tired
1.1 HƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c hieƤn taĆÆi phaĆ¢n tƶĆø (-ING):
DieĆ£n taĆ» nhaƤn thĆ¶Ć¹c cuĆ»a ngƶƓĆøi noĆ¹i veĆ  ngƶƓĆøi/vieƤc gƬ ƱoĆ¹.
Ex: That film is interesting. (BoƤ phim ƱoĆ¹ hay.)
(NgƶƓĆøi xem nhaƤn thaĆ”y boƤ phim hay.)
He is boring. He always talks about the same things.
(HaĆ©n ta chaĆ¹n thaƤt. HaĆ©n luoĆ¢n baĆøn veĆ  nhƶƵng thĆ¶Ć¹ gioĆ”ng nhau.)
(NgƶƓĆøi nghe nhaƤn thaĆ”y haĆ©n ta chaĆ¹n.)
1.2 HƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ phaĆ¢n tƶĆø (-ED):
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 27
DieĆ£n taĆ» caĆ»m giaĆ¹c cuĆ»a ngƶƓĆøi noĆ¹i do ngƶƓĆøi/vieƤc gƬ ƱoĆ¹ Ʊem laĆÆi.
Ex: I am confused about the question. (ToĆ¢i bĆ² boĆ”i roĆ”i veĆ  caĆ¢u hoĆ»i.)
(CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i laĆøm toĆ¢i boĆ”i roĆ”i.)
III- TraĆÆng tƶĆø:
1) PhaĆ¢n loaĆÆi traĆÆng tƶĆø:
4.1 TraĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ theĆ„ caĆ¹ch:
- Cho ta bieĆ”t moƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng ƱƶƓĆÆc thƶĆÆc hieƤn nhƶ theĆ” naĆøo ƱeĆ„ traĆ» lĆ“Ćøi cho caĆ¢u
hoƻi HOW?
- CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp:ADJ + LY (moƤt caĆ¹ch ā€¦)
angrily giaƤn giƶƵ
anxiously lo laƩng
badly dƓƻ, teƤ
beautifully (haĆ¹t/muĆ¹a) hay
brightly tƶƓi saĆ¹ng
carefully caƄn thaƤn
cleverly kheĆ¹o leĆ¹o, khoĆ¢n
colorfully saƫc sƓƵ
continuously lieĆ¢n tieĆ”p
easily deĆ£ daĆøng
fluently troĆ¢i chaĆ»y
happily haĆÆnh phuĆ¹c
heavily naƫng neƠ
loudly aƠm Ʀ, inh oƻi
nervously hoƠi hoƤp
peacefully hoaĆø bƬnh
politely lĆ²ch sƶĆÆ, leĆ£ pheĆ¹p
quickly nhanh nheĆÆn
quietly yeĆ¢n tĆ³nh
rapidly nhanh choĆ¹ng
safely an toaĆøn
sensibly hĆ“ĆÆp lyĆ¹
seriously nghieĆ¢m tuĆ¹c
silently im laƫng
skillfully kheĆ¹o tay
slowly chaƤm chaĆÆp
specially Ʊaƫc bieƤt
stupidly ngu ngoƔc
successfully thaĆønh coĆ¢ng
warmly aĆ”m aĆ¹p
* LƖU Yƙ:
- fast (nhanh), early (sĆ“Ć¹m), late (treĆ£), hard (chaĆŖm chƦ) vƶĆøa laĆø tĆ­nh tƶĆø vƶĆøa laĆø
traĆÆng tƶĆø.
TĆ­nh tƶĆø TraĆÆng tƶĆø
Jack is a very fast runner. Jack can run very fast.
Ann is hard worker. Ann works hard. (hardly)
The train was late. I got up late this morning.
- PhaĆ¢n bieƤt:
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 28
late (treĆ£) lately (gaĆ n ƱaĆ¢y) (= recently)
You come home late today. He hasnā€™t been to the cinema lately.
(HoĆ¢m nay con veĆ  treĆ£.) (GaĆ n ƱaĆ¢y anh ta khoĆ¢ng Ʊi xem phim.)
hard (chaĆŖm chƦ) hardly (haĆ u nhƶ khoĆ¢ng)
Iā€™ve worked very hard. Sheā€™s hardly got any money left.
(ToĆ¢i laĆøm vieƤc raĆ”t chaĆŖm.) (CoĆ¢ aĆ”y haĆ u nhƶ khoĆ¢ng coĆøn tieĆ n.)
- MoƤt soĆ” tĆ­nh tƶĆø taƤn cuĆøng ā€“LY:
friendly (thaĆ¢n thieƤn), lovely (deĆ£ thƶƓng), lively (soĆ”ng ƱoƤng), ugly (xaĆ”u xĆ­),
silly (ngĆ“Ć¹ ngaĆ„n). NhƶƵng tƶĆø naĆøy khoĆ¢ng phaĆ»i laĆø traĆÆng tƶĆø, neĆ¢n ta duĆøng ā€œin a
ā€¦ā€¦way/mannerā€ thay cho traĆÆng tƶĆø.
Ex: She spoke to me in a friendly way/manner.
(CoĆ¢ ta noĆ¹i chuyeƤn vĆ“Ć¹i toĆ¢i moƤt caĆ¹ch thaĆ¢n thieƤn.)
4.2 TraĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian:
Cho bieĆ”t sƶĆÆ vieƤc xaĆ»y ra luĆ¹c naĆøo ƱeĆ„ traĆ» lĆ“Ćøi cho caĆ¢u hoĆ»i WHEN?
now, today, yesterday, tomorrow, last year, then, still, no longer, already,
immediately, just, soon, finally, recently, lately, at once, 2 months later/after, ā€¦
Ex: Iā€™m leaving for Hanoi tomorrow.
4.3 TraĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ nĆ“i choĆ”n:
Cho bieĆ”t sƶĆÆ vieƤc xaĆ»y ra Ć“Ć» ƱaĆ¢u ƱeĆ„ traĆ» lĆ“Ćøi cho caĆ¢u hoĆ»i WHERE?
here, there, somewhere, outside, inside, upstairs, downstairs, everywhere,
in Paris, at the supermarket, ā€¦
Ex: Tom is standing there.
4.4 TraĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ sƶĆÆ thƶƓĆøng xuyeĆ¢n:
Cho bieĆ”t haĆønh ƱoƤng xaĆ»y ra thƶƓĆøng xuyeĆ¢n nhƶ theĆ” naĆøo ƱeĆ„ traĆ» lĆ“Ćøi cho caĆ¢u
hoƻi HOW OFTEN?
never, rarely, seldom, sometimes, usually, frequently, occasionally, often,
always, once/twice a week, every day, daily, weekly, monthly, ā€¦
Ex: I often get up at 5 in the morning.
4.5 TraĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ mĆ¶Ć¹c ƱoƤ:
Cho bieĆ”t haĆønh ƱoƤng, tĆ­nh chaĆ”t cuĆ»a sƶĆÆ vieƤc dieĆ£n ra ƱeĆ”n mĆ¶Ć¹c naĆøo.
very, too, so, quite, rather, extremely, absolutely, terribly, completely,
really, pretty, fairly, entirely, hardly, scarcely, somewhat, enough,ā€¦
Ex: I come here quite often.
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 29
2) VĆ² trĆ­ cuĆ»a traĆÆng tƶĆø:
2.1 ƑaĆ u caĆ¢u:
Ex: Where are you going?
2.2 GiƶƵa caĆ¢u:
2.2.1 TrĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c ƱoƤng tƶĆø thƶƓĆøng:
Ex: They often play football after class.
2.2.2 Sau ƱoƤng tƶĆø TO BE, trĆ“ĆÆ Ć±oƤng tƶĆø hoaĆ«c ƱoƤng tƶĆø khieĆ”m khuyeĆ”t:
Ex: Our teacher is still sick.
She doesnā€™t often go with him.
He can seldom find time for reading.
2.3 CuoĆ”i caĆ¢u:
Ex: You sang that song well.
3) TraƤt tƶĆÆ cuĆ»a caĆ¹c traĆÆng tƶĆø:
TraƤt tƶĆÆ cuĆ»a caĆ¹c traĆÆng tƶĆø trong caĆ¢u thƶƓĆøng nhƶ sau:
NĆ“i choĆ”n MĆ¶Ć¹c ƱoƤ TheĆ„ caĆ¹ch
ThƶƓĆøng
xuyeĆ¢n
ThĆ“Ćøi gian
He walked to the church very slowly twice last Sunday.
* ChuĆ¹ yĆ¹:
TraƤt tƶĆÆ treĆ¢n coĆ¹ theĆ„ thay ƱoĆ„i tuyĆø vaĆøo muĆÆc Ʊƭch nhaĆ”n maĆÆnh cuĆ»a ngƶƓĆøi noĆ¹i/vieĆ”t.
4) ChĆ¶Ć¹c naĆŖng cĆ“ baĆ»n cuĆ»a traĆÆng tƶĆø:
BoĆ„ nghĆ³a cho VĆ­ duĆÆ*
1) ƑoƤng tƶĆø They danced beautifully.
2) TĆ­nh tƶĆø She is very lovely.
3) TraĆÆng tƶĆø khaĆ¹c He studied extremely hard.
4) CaĆ» caĆ¢u Fortunately, he was not injured in that accident.
* PhaĆ n in ƱaƤm, gaĆÆch dĆ¶Ć“Ć¹i boĆ„ nghĆ³a cho phaĆ n in nghieĆ¢ng.
IV- GiĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø:
1) PhaĆ¢n loaĆÆi giĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø:
1.1 GiĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø chƦ nĆ“i choĆ”n: IN, ON, AT
a) IN (trong): ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng
- ChƦ moƤt ngƶƓĆøi hoaĆ«c vaƤt Ć“Ć» trong moƤt nĆ“i naĆøo ƱoĆ¹.
in a box / room / building / park / garden / bag / pocket / kitchen / cinema /
restaurant / book / lesson / newspaper / picture / pool / sea / river/ water / sky /
world / queue / row / line ā€¦
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 30
Ex: My mother is cooking in the kitchen.
- VĆ“Ć¹i phƶƓng tieƤn xe hĆ“i, taxi hoaĆ«c ƱƶƓĆøng phoĆ”.
in a car / taxi, in/on the street
Ex: Peter arrived at the party in a taxi.
They live in Hung Vuong Street.
- VĆ“Ć¹i danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ maĆÆo tƶĆø ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ» moƤt ngƶƓĆøi Ʊang Ć“Ć» taĆÆi ƱoĆ¹.
in bed / hospital / prison
Ex: Tom hasnā€™t got up yet. Heā€™s still in bed.
- TrĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c caĆ¹c ƱaĆ”t nĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c, thaĆønh phoĆ”, phƶƓng hĆ¶Ć“Ć¹ng.
in Vietnam / England / France / Hanoi / London / Paris / the east / west /
south / north
Ex: Ho Chi Minh City is in the south of Vietnam.
- ƑeĆ„ taĆÆo thaĆønh cuĆÆm tƶĆø chƦ nĆ“i choĆ”n.
in the front/back of (a car/room/theater ā€¦), in the middle of (the room ā€¦)
Ex: I was in the back of the car when the accident happened.
Thereā€™s a computer in the middle of the room.
b) ON (treĆ¢n): ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng
- ChƦ vĆ² trĆ­ beĆ¢n treĆ¢n vaĆø tieĆ”p xuĆ¹c vĆ“Ć¹i beĆ  maĆ«t cuĆ»a moƤt vaƤt gƬ ƱoĆ¹.
on the door / floor / wall / ceiling / river / beach / coast ā€¦
on/in the street, on a page
Ex: I sat on the beach.
They live on Wall Street.
The picture youā€™re looking for is on page 7.
- VĆ“Ć¹i phƶƓng tieƤn Ʊi laĆÆi coĆ¢ng coƤng hoaĆ«c caĆ¹ nhaĆ¢n (xe ƱaĆÆp, honda).
on a bus/train/ship/plane/bycicle/motorbike/horse
Ex: There were too many people on the bus.
Mary passed me on her bycicle.
- ƑeĆ„ taĆÆo thaĆønh cuĆÆm tƶĆø chƦ nĆ“i choĆ”n.
on the right / left, on horseback, on the way to (school ā€¦)
on the back/front of (the envelope/paper ā€¦)
on top of (the wardrobe ā€¦)
on/at the corner of a street
Ex: In Britain people drive on the left.
Write your name on the front of the envelope.
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 31
c) AT (Ć“Ć»): ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng
- ƑeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ» moƤt vĆ² trĆ­ ƱƶƓĆÆc xaĆ¹c Ć±Ć²nh trong khoĆ¢ng gian hoaĆ«c soĆ” nhaĆø.
at the door / bus stop / traffic lights / party / meeting / desk ā€¦
at 69 Tran Hung Dao Street
Ex: Someone is standing at the door.
She lives at 69 Tran Hung Dao Street.
- ƑeĆ„ taĆÆo thaĆønh cuĆÆm tƶĆø chƦ nĆ“i choĆ”n.
at home / school / college / university / work ā€¦
at the top/bottom of (the page ā€¦)
at the end of (the street ā€¦)
at the front/back of (the line ā€¦)
at/on the corner of the street
Ex: Peterā€™s house is at the end of the street.
The garden is at the back of the building.
1.2 GiĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian: IN, ON, AT
a) IN: ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng
- ƑeĆ„ chƦ buoĆ„i trong ngaĆøy noĆ¹i chung, thaĆ¹ng, naĆŖm, muĆøa, thaƤp nieĆ¢n, theĆ” kyĆ»,
thieĆ¢n nieĆ¢n kyĆ».
in the morning / afternoon / evening
in February, in 1999
in (the) spring / summer / autumn / winter
in the 1990s, in the 21st
century, in the 3rd
millennium
- Trong moƤt soĆ” cuĆÆm tƶĆø ƱeĆ„ chƦ moƤt khoaĆ»ng thĆ“Ćøi gian trong tƶƓng lai.
in a few minutes, in an hour, in a day / week / month ā€¦
Ex: Daisy has gone away. Sheā€™ll be back in a week.
(Daisy ƱaƵ Ʊi khoĆ»i. CoĆ¢ aĆ”y seƵ trĆ“Ć» veĆ  trong moƤt tuaĆ n.)
- Trong cuĆÆm tƶĆø in the end vĆ“Ć¹i nghĆ³a cuoĆ”i cuĆøng (finally, at last), in time vĆ“Ć¹i
nghĆ³a kĆ²p luĆ¹c.
Ex: Peter got very angry. In the end, he walked out of the room.
(Peter raĆ”t giaƤn. CuoĆ”i cuĆøng, noĆ¹ ra khoĆ»i phoĆøng.)
Will you be home in time for dinner?
(BaĆÆn seƵ veĆ  nhaĆø kĆ²p giĆ“Ćø aĆŖn toĆ”i?)
* ChuĆ¹ yĆ¹: on time (ƱuĆ¹ng giĆ“Ćø)
b) ON: ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng
- ƑeĆ„ chƦ thĆ¶Ć¹ trong tuaĆ n, ngaĆøy trong thaĆ¹ng.
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 32
on Monday, on 5th
March, on this/that day
Ex: I was born on 27th
June, 1983.
- ƑeĆ„ chƦ buoĆ„i trong ngaĆøy cuĆÆ theĆ„ hoaĆ«c moƤt ngaĆøy cuĆÆ theĆ„.
on Friday morning / Christmas Day / New Yearā€™s Day / my birthday
Ex: See you on Friday morning.
c) AT: ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng
- ƑeĆ„ chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian, caĆ¹c bƶƵa aĆŖn trong ngaĆøy.
at 5 a.m., at sunrise / sunset / dawn / noon / twilight / night / midnight
at breakfast / lunch / dinner / supper
Ex: I get up at 5 oā€™clock every morning.
- ƑeĆ„ chƦ moƤt dĆ²p leĆ£ hoƤi, moƤt thĆ“Ćøi khaĆ©c naĆøo ƱoĆ¹.
at/on the weekend, at Christmas / Easter
at present / the moment / the same time / this (that) time
Ex: Mr. Brown is busy at the moment.
- ƑeĆ„ taĆÆo thaĆønh caĆ¹c cuĆÆm giĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø.
at the end/beginning of, at the age of, at first/last
Ex: He came to live in London at the age of 25.
* LƖU Yƙ:
KHOƂNG duĆøng IN, ON, AT trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c all, every, this month/year, next, last,
tomorrow, yesterday, today.
Ex: He has worked hard all morning. (in all morning)
I hope to see you next Friday. (on next Friday)
* CaĆ¹c giĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian khaĆ¹c:
FROM ā€¦ TO/UNTIL/TILL (tƶĆø ā€¦ ƱeĆ”n) (= BETWEEN ā€¦ AND)
Ex: Every morning he plays tennis from 6 to 7.
(Every morning he plays tennis between 6 and 7.)
SINCE (tƶĆø khi - moĆ”c thĆ“Ćøi gian)
Ex: Iā€™ve been waiting for her since 5pm.
FOR (khoaƻng)
Ex: He has lived in Paris for three months.
DURING (trong suoƔt)
Ex: You have to be quiet during the performance.
UNTIL/TILL (cho tĆ“Ć¹i khi)
Ex: Sheā€™ll be here until Thursday.
BY (vaĆøo khoaĆ»ng - trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c hoaĆ«c ƱeĆ”n moƤt thĆ“Ćøi ƱieĆ„m naĆøo ƱoĆ¹)
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 33
Ex: You must be home by 9.
BEFORE (trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c luĆ¹c) / AFTER (sau khi)
Ex: Come and see me before / after lunch.
2) GiĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø theo sau tĆ­nh tƶĆø:
1.1 Adj + TO
acceptable: coĆ¹ theĆ„ chaĆ”p nhaƤn
accustomed: quen
agreeable: coĆ¹ theĆ„ ƱoĆ ng yĆ¹
applicable: coĆ¹ theĆ„ Ć¶Ć¹ng duĆÆng
appropriate: thĆ­ch hĆ“ĆÆp
contrary: traĆ¹i vĆ“Ć¹i
dedicated: hieĆ”n daĆ¢ng
essential: caƠn thieƔt
friendly (to/with): thaĆ¢n thieƤn
generous: haĆøo phoĆ¹ng
harmful: coĆ¹ haĆÆi
important: quan troĆÆng
kind: tƶƻ teƔ
known: ƱƶƓĆÆc bieĆ”t ƱeĆ”n
likely: coĆ¹ khaĆ» naĆŖng/coĆ¹ theĆ„ thĆ­ch hĆ“ĆÆp
loyal: trung thaĆønh
lucky: may maƩn
married: keĆ”t hoĆ¢n
open: mƓƻ
pleasant: vui
pleasing: laĆøm vui loĆøng
polite: lĆ²ch sƶĆÆ
preferable: thƭch hƓn
related: lieĆ¢n quan
rude: thoĆ¢ loĆ£
similar: gioƔng
strange: xa laĆÆ
subject: deĆ£ bĆ², khoĆ¹ traĆ¹nh
true: trung thaĆønh
1.2 Adj + OF
afraid: sĆ“ĆÆ
aware: yĆ¹ thĆ¶Ć¹c
boastful: khoe khoang
capable: coĆ¹ khaĆ» naĆŖng
careful(of/with/about): caƄn thaƤn
careless: baƔt caƄn
certain: chaƩc chaƩn
confident: tin
desirous: khao khaĆ¹t
fond: thĆ­ch
forgetful: queĆ¢n
full: ƱaƠy
glad: vui mƶĆøng
innocent: voĆ¢ toƤi
jealous: ghen tĆ²
proud: tƶĆÆ haĆøo
sure(of/about): chaƩc chaƩn
thoughtful: chu ƱaĆ¹o, aĆ¢n caĆ n
Sthoughtless: khoĆ¢ng chu ƱaĆ¹o, aĆ¢n caĆ n
tolerant: khoan dung
worthy: xĆ¶Ć¹ng ƱaĆ¹ng
1.3 Adj + FOR
anxious(for/about): lo aĆ¢u
appropriate: thĆ­ch hĆ“ĆÆp
available: coĆ¹ theĆ„ duĆøng ƱƶƓĆÆc
difficult: khoĆ¹
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 34
eager: haĆ¹o hĆ¶Ć¹c, haĆŖm hĆ“Ć»
enough: Ʊuƻ
famous: noƄi tieƔng
good (for health/so.): toƔt
grateful (for s.th.): bieƔt Ɠn
late: treĆ£
necessary: caƠn thieƔt
perfect: hoaĆøn haĆ»o
responsible: coĆ¹ traĆ¹ch nhieƤm
sorry: laĆ”y laĆøm thƶƓng haĆÆi
sufficent: ƱaƠy Ʊuƻ
suitable(for/to): thĆ­ch hĆ“ĆÆp
useful: coĆ¹ lĆ“ĆÆi Ć­ch
1.4 Adj + AT
amazed(at/by): ngaĆÆc nhieĆ¢n
angry (at/with s.o./to s.th.): giaƤn giƶƵ
annoyed(at/by): bƶĆÆc mƬnh
astonished(at/by): ngaĆÆc nhieĆ¢n
bad(at s.th.): dƓƻ
clever: thoĆ¢ng minh
excellent: xuaƔt saƩc
good (at s.th.): gioƻi
hopeless: voĆ¢ voĆÆng
present: coĆ¹ maĆ«t
quick: nhanh
skilful: coĆ¹ naĆŖng khieĆ”u
1.5 Adj + WITH
acquainted: quen
annoyed: giaƤn
bored / fed up: chaĆ¹n
covered: bao phuĆ»
crowded: ƱoĆ¢ng
disappointed: thaĆ”t voĆÆng
pleased: haĆøi loĆøng
popular: noƄi tieƔng
satisfied: thoaƻ maƵn
1.6 Adj + IN
honest: lƶƓng thieƤn
interested: thĆ­ch thuĆ¹
proficient (at/in): thaĆønh thaĆÆo
rich: giaĆøu
successful: thaĆønh coĆ¢ng
weak: yeĆ”u keĆ¹m
1.7 Adj + FROM
absent: vaƩng
different: khaĆ¹c
distinct: khaĆ¹c bieƤt
free: ƱƶƓĆÆc mieĆ£n
safe: an toaĆøn
separate: rieĆ¢ng leĆ»
1.8 Adj + ABOUT
confused: boƔi roƔi
curious: toĆø moĆø, hieĆ”u kyĆø
enthusiastic: nhieƤt tƬnh
excited: hĆ¶Ć¹ng thuĆ¹
happy: vui veĆ»
sad: buoĆ n
serious: Ć±Ć¶Ć¹ng ƱaĆ©n, nghieĆ¢m tuĆ¹c
worried: boƠn choƠn, lo laƩng
2) GiĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø theo sau ƱoƤng tƶĆø:
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 35
accuse ā€¦ of: buoƤc toƤi
apologise to ā€¦ for: xin loĆ£i
apologize for: xin loĆ£i veĆ 
apply for: noƤp ƱƓn xin vieƤc
arrive in/at: ƱeƔn (nƓi)
ask ā€¦ for: hoĆ»i ā€¦ cho
believe in: tin tƶƓƻng vaĆøo
belong to: thuoƤc veƠ
blame ā€¦ for: ƱoĆ„ loĆ£i
borrow ā€¦ from: mƶƓĆÆn
care about: quan taĆ¢m veĆ 
care for: chaĆŖm soĆ¹c/thĆ­ch/yeĆ¢u caĆ u
charge ā€¦ with: phaĆÆt
come across: tƬnh cĆ“Ćø gaĆ«p
complain to ā€¦ about: than phieĆ n
concentrate on: taƤp trung
congratulate ā€¦ on: chuĆ¹c mƶĆøng
consist of: bao goĆ m
crash into: va chaĆÆm vaĆøo
deal with: giaƻi quyeƔt
decide on: quyeĆ”t Ć±Ć²nh veĆ 
depend on: thuoƤc vaĆøo
die of: cheƔt vƬ
divide into: chia (ra)
dream of / about: mƓ veƠ
escape from: thoaĆ¹t khoĆ»i
explain ā€¦ to: giaĆ»i thĆ­ch
feel like: caƻm thaƔy nhƶ
happen to: xaƻy ƱeƔn
hear about/from/of: nghe veĆ 
hope for: hi voĆÆng veĆ 
insist on: khaĆŖng khaĆŖng
invite ā€¦ to: mĆ“Ćøi
laugh/smile at: cƶƓĆøi vaĆøo
leave ā€¦ for: rĆ“Ćøi ā€¦ ƱeĆ„ ƱeĆ”n
listen to: nghe
live on: soĆ”ng nhĆ“Ćø vaĆøo
look after: chaĆŖm soĆ¹c
look around: nhƬn quanh
look at: nhƬn
look back on: nhƬn veĆ  quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹
look down on: khinh reĆ»
look for: tƬm
look forward to: mong ƱƓĆÆi
look into: ƱieƠu tra
object to: phaƻn ƱoƔi
participate in: tham gia vaĆøo
pay for: traĆ» tieĆ n cho
point / aim at: chƦ ā€¦ vaĆøo
prefer ā€¦ to: thĆ­ch ā€¦ hĆ“n
prepare for: chuaĆ„n bĆ²
provide ā€¦ with: cung caĆ”p
regard ā€¦ as: coi ā€¦ nhƶ
rely ā€¦ on: dƶĆÆa vaĆøo
remind ā€¦ of: nhaĆ©c nhĆ“Ć»
result from: do bƓƻi
result in: gaĆ¢y ra
run into: tƬnh cĆ“Ćø gaĆ«p
search for: tƬm kieƔm
send for: cho mĆ“Ćøi (ai) ƱeĆ”n
shout at: la, heĆ¹t
speak/talk to: noĆ¹i vĆ“Ć¹i
spend ā€¦ on: chi tieĆ¢u ā€¦ cho
succeed in: thaĆønh coĆ¢ng veĆ 
suffer from: Ʊau, chĆ²u ƱƶĆÆng
take after: gioƔng
think about / of: nghĆ³ veĆ 
throw ā€¦ at: neĆ¹m ā€¦ vaĆøo
translate ā€¦ from ā€¦ into:dĆ²chā€¦tƶĆøā€¦sang
wait for: chĆ“Ćø
warn ā€¦ about: caĆ»nh baĆ¹o ā€¦ veĆ 
write to: vieƔt thƶ cho
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 36
* LƖU Yƙ: ƑoƤng tƶĆø hai chƶƵ Ʊi vĆ“Ć¹i GO
go after: ƱuoƄi theo, theo sau
go ahead: tieĆ”n haĆønh, thaĆŗng tieĆ”n
go along: tieƔn trieƄn
go away: Ʊi khoƻi
go back: trƓƻ veƠ
go by: (thĆ“Ćøi gian) troĆ¢i qua
go down: (giaĆ¹ caĆ») giaĆ»m (# go up)
go off: chaĆ¹y, noĆ„
go on: xaĆ»y ra, dieĆ£n ra, tieĆ”p tuĆÆc
go out: taĆ©t, bĆ² daĆ«p taĆ©t
go over: xem xeĆ¹t, kieĆ„m tra kyƵ
go with: hĆ“ĆÆp vĆ“Ć¹i
4) V + N + GiĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø:
catch sight of: thoaĆ¹ng thaĆ”y
give place to: daĆønh choĆ£ cho
give way to: nhƶƓĆÆng boƤ
keep pace with: theo kĆ²p
lose sight of: maĆ”t huĆ¹t
lose touch with: maĆ”t lieĆ¢n laĆÆc vĆ“Ć¹i
lose track of: queĆ¢n maĆ”t
make allowance for: chieƔu coƔ ƱeƔn
make fun of: choĆÆc gheĆÆo, cheĆ” nhaĆÆo
make a fuss over/about: laĆøm loƤn xoƤn
make room for: nhƶƓĆøng choĆ£ cho
make use of: sƶƻ duĆÆng, taƤn duĆÆng
pay attention to: chuĆ¹ yĆ¹ ƱeĆ”n
put a stop to: chaĆ”m dĆ¶Ć¹t
put an end to: chaĆ”m dĆ¶Ć¹t
set fire to: laĆøm chaĆ¹y, ƱoĆ”t
take account of: tƭnh ƱeƔn
take advantage of: lĆ“ĆÆi duĆÆng,taƤn duĆÆng
take care of: chaĆŖm soĆ¹c
take note of: ghi chuĆ¹, ghi nhaƤn
take notice of: lƶu yĆ¹, ƱeĆ„ yĆ¹
Better than never.
ThaĆø muoƤn coĆøn hĆ“n khoĆ¢ng
BaĆøi 11: SO SAƙNH TƍNH TƖƘ VAƘ TRAƏNG TƖƘ
I- So saĆ¹nh baĆØng:
1) CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh: as + adj/adv + as (baĆØng/nhƶ)
Ex: Iā€™m as tall as Tom.
(ToĆ¢i cao baĆØng Tom.)
John works as hard as his father.
(John laĆøm vieƤc chaĆŖm chƦ nhƶ cha cuĆ»a anh aĆ”y.)
2) CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh: not as/so + adj/adv + as (khoĆ¢ng baĆØng/nhƶ)
Ex: This watch is not as/so expensive as mine. (= my watch)
(ƑoĆ ng hoĆ  naĆøy khoĆ¢ng ƱaĆ©t nhƶ cuĆ»a toĆ¢i.)
She doesnā€™t sing as/so well as her sister.
(CoĆ¢ aĆ”y haĆ¹t khoĆ¢ng hay baĆØng chĆ² coĆ¢ aĆ”y.)
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 37
* LƖU Yƙ:
- Khi so saĆ¹nh danh tƶĆø vĆ“Ć¹i nghĆ³a gioĆ”ng/baĆØng hay khoĆ¢ng gioĆ”ng/khoĆ¢ng baĆØng, ta
coĆ¹ theĆ„ duĆøng caĆ”u truĆ¹c:
(not) + the same + (noun) + as
Ex: He is the same age as I am.
(Anh ta baĆØng tuoĆ„i toĆ¢i.)
Annā€™s salary isnā€™t the same as Janeā€™s.
(LƶƓng cuĆøa Ann khoĆ¢ng baĆØng lƶƓng cuĆ»a Jane.)
- CoĆ¹ theĆ„ duĆøng less + adj/adv + than (keĆ¹m ā€¦ hĆ“n) thay cho not as/so +
adj/adv + as
Ex: This watch is less expensive than mine.
She sings less well than her sister.
- Khi noĆ¹i gaĆ”p bao nhieĆ¢u laĆ n, ta duĆøng caĆ”u truĆ¹c ā€¦ times as + adj/adv + as.
Ex: Their house is three times as big as ours.
(NhaĆø cuĆ»a hoĆÆ lĆ“Ć¹n gaĆ”p ba laĆ n nhaĆø chuĆ¹ng ta.)
II- So saĆ¹nh hĆ“n:
1) TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø ngaĆ©n: adj/adv + ER + than
TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø ngaĆ©n laĆø tƶĆø coĆ¹ moƤt vaĆ n hay hai vaĆ n taƤn cuĆøng baĆØng ā€œyā€.
fast ---> faster cold ---> colder thick ---> thicker
lucky ---> luckier happy ---> happier dry ---> drier ā€¦
Ex: John is stronger than his brother.
(John khoeƻ hƓn anh cuƻa caƤu aƔy.)
This athlete runs faster than that one.
2) TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø daĆøi: more + adj/adv + than
TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø daĆøi laĆø tƶĆø coĆ¹ hai vaĆ n trĆ“Ć» leĆ¢n.
modern, patient, difficult, fluently, beautifully, ā€¦
Ex: This problem is more difficult than we thought.
(VaĆ”n ƱeĆ  naĆøy khoĆ¹ hĆ“n chuĆ¹ng ta nghĆ³.)
He speaks English more fluently than his friend.
(Anh ta noĆ¹i tieĆ”ng Anh troĆ¢i chaĆ»y hĆ“n baĆÆn cuĆ»a anh ta.)
III- So saĆ¹nh nhaĆ”t:
1) TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø ngaĆ©n: the + adj/adv + EST
cold ---> the coldest thick ---> the thickest fast ---> fastest
lucky ---> the luckiest happy ---> the happiest ā€¦..
Ex: Yesterday was the hottest day of the year.
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 38
(HoĆ¢m qua laĆø ngaĆøy noĆ¹ng nhaĆ”t trong naĆŖm.)
2) TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø daĆøi: the + MOST + adj/adv
Ex: She is the most beautiful girl in the class.
(CoĆ¢ aĆ”y laĆø coĆ¢ gaĆ¹i ƱeĆÆp nhaĆ”t trong lĆ“Ć¹p.)
* LƖU Yƙ:
- Ta coĆ¹ theĆ„ duĆøng the least ƱeĆ„ chƦ mĆ¶Ć¹c ƱoƤ keĆ¹m ā€¦ nhaĆ”t.
Ex: This story is the least interesting of all.
(ƑaĆ¢y laĆø caĆ¢u chuyeƤn keĆ¹m thuĆ¹ vĆ² nhaĆ”t trong caĆ¹c caĆ¢u chuyeƤn.)
- TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø baĆ”t qui taĆ©c
TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø So saĆ¹nh hĆ“n So saĆ¹nh nhaĆ”t
good/well (toƔt) better the best
bad/badly (xaƔu, dƓƻ) worse the worst
far (xa) farther/further the farthest/furthest
little (Ć­t) less the least
many/much (nhieĆ u) more the most
IV- CaĆ¹c daĆÆng so saĆ¹nh khaĆ¹c:
1) CaĆøng ngaĆøy caĆøng ā€¦
- TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø ngaĆ©n: adj/adv + ER and adj/adv + ER
Ex: Betty is younger and younger.
(Betty caĆøng ngaĆøy caĆøng treĆ».)
He runs faster and faster.
(Anh ta chaĆÆy caĆøng ngaĆøy caĆøng nhanh.)
- TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø daĆøi: more and more + adj/adv
Ex: My wife is more and more beautiful.
(VĆ“ĆÆ cuĆ»a toĆ¢i caĆøng ngaĆøy caĆøng ƱeĆÆp.)
They work more and more carefully.
(HoĆÆ laĆøm vieƤc caĆøng ngaĆøy caĆøng caĆ„n thaƤn.)
2) CaĆøng ā€¦ caĆøng ā€¦
- The more + S + V, the more + S + V
Ex: The more I know him, the more I like him.
(CaĆøng bieĆ”t anh aĆ”y, toĆ¢i caĆøng thĆ­ch anh aĆ”y.)
- The + SS hƓn + S + V, the + SS hƓn + S + V
Ex: The older he gets, the weaker he is.
(OƂng ta caĆøng giaĆø caĆøng yeĆ”u.)
The more beautiful she is, the more miserable her parents are.
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 39
(CoĆ¢ ta caĆøng ƱeĆÆp thƬ cha meĆÆ coĆ¢ ta caĆøng khoĆ„.)
- The more + S + V, the adj + ER + S + V
Ex: The more he works, the richer he is.
(OƂng ta caĆøng laĆøm caĆøng giaĆøu.)
- The adj + ER + S + V, the more + S + V
Ex: The hotter it is, the more tired I feel.
(TrĆ“Ćøi caĆøng noĆ¹ng toĆ¢i caĆøng thaĆ”y meƤt.)
V- Qui taĆ©c theĆ¢m ER vaĆø EST ƱoĆ”i vĆ“Ć¹i tĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø ngaĆ©n:
1) TƶĆø taƤn cuĆøng baĆØng ā€œeā€ hay phuĆÆ aĆ¢m + ā€œyā€
Ex: large lager largest
easy easier easiest
2) GaĆ”p ƱoĆ¢i phuĆÆ aĆ¢m:
Ex: hot hotter hottest
Misfortune has its uses.
Trong caĆ¹i ruĆ»i coĆ¹ caĆ¹i may.
BaĆøi 12: CAƙCH THAƘNH LAƄP TƖƘ
MoƤt tƶĆø coĆ¹ theĆ„ ƱƶƓĆÆc thaĆønh laƤp baĆØng caĆ¹ch theĆ¢m vaĆøo tieĆ”p ƱaĆ u ngƶƵ hoaĆ«c tieĆ”p
vĆ³ ngƶƵ.
I- DANH TƖƘ:
1) TieĆ n toĆ”:
super-/under-/sur-/sub-/over- + N ---> N
DANH TƖƘ NGHƓA DANH TƖƘ NGHƓA
overdose sƶƻ duĆÆng quaĆ¹ lieĆ u surface beĆ  maĆ«t
overexpenditure chi tieĆ¢u quaĆ¹ mĆ¶Ć¹c supermarket sieĆ¢u thĆ²
overproduction saĆ»n xuaĆ”t vƶƓĆÆt mĆ¶Ć¹c underachievement ƱaĆÆt dĆ¶Ć“Ć¹i mĆ¶Ć¹c
subcontinent tieĆ„u luĆÆc Ć±Ć²a undercurrent doĆøng nĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c ngaĆ m
subway taĆøu ƱieƤn ngaĆ m undergrowth buĆÆi raƤm
superman sieĆ¢u nhaĆ¢n underpass ƱƶƓĆøng chui
2) HaƤu toƔ:
a) V + -ion/-tion/-ation/-ition/-sion ---> N
ƑoƤng tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a ƑoƤng tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a
add addition sƶĆÆ theĆ¢m vaĆøo permit permission sƶĆÆ cho pheĆ¹p
combine combination sƶĆÆ keĆ”t hĆ“ĆÆp pollute pollution sƶĆÆ oĆ¢ nhieĆ£m
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 40
conserve conservation sƶĆÆ baĆ»o toĆ n preserve preservation sƶĆÆ baĆ»o quaĆ»n
correct correction sƶĆÆ sƶƻa chƶƵa prevent prevention ngaĆŖn ngƶĆøa
decide decision quyeĆ”t Ć±Ć²nh produce production saĆ»n xuaĆ”t
discuss discussion thaĆ»o luaƤn provide provision sƶĆÆ cung caĆ”p
inform information thoĆ¢ng tin repeat repetition sƶĆÆ laĆ«p laĆÆi
invite invitation lĆ“Ćøi mĆ“Ćøi rotate rotation luaĆ¢n phieĆ¢n
b) V + -ment/-ance/-ence/-age/-ery/-ing/-al ---> N
ƑoƤng tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a ƑoƤng tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a
accept acceptance chaƔp nhaƤn enrich enrichment
sƶĆÆ laĆøm
giaĆøu
achieve achievement thaĆønh tƶĆÆu exist existence sƶĆÆ toĆ n taĆÆi
arrange arrangement sƶĆÆ saĆ©p ƱaĆ«t feel feeling caĆ»m xuĆ¹c
arrive arrival sƶĆÆ Ć±eĆ”n improve improvement
sƶĆÆ caĆ»i
thieƤn
attend attendance sƶĆÆ coĆ¹ maĆ«t move movement
sƶĆÆ di
chuyeƄn
build building toaĆø nhaĆø pay payment
sƶĆÆ traĆ»
tieĆ n
depend dependence sƶĆÆ leƤ thuoƤc perform performance
maĆøn trƬnh
dieĆ£n
develop development
sƶĆÆ phaĆ¹t
trieƄn
poison poisoning
laĆøm
nhieĆ£m
ƱoƤc
differ difference
sƶĆÆ khaĆ¹c
nhau
recycle recycling
vieƤc taĆ¹i
sƶƻ duĆÆng
disappoint disappointment thaĆ”t voĆÆng refuse refusal tƶĆø choĆ”i
discover discovery khaĆ¹m phaĆ¹ rob robbery vuĆÆ cĆ¶Ć“Ć¹p
drain drainage
sƶĆÆ thaĆ¹o
nĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c
teach teaching daĆÆy hoĆÆc
employ employment vieƤc laĆøm use usage
caĆ¹ch
duĆøng
c) V + -er/-or/-ar/-ant/-ent/-ee/ ---> N
ƑoƤng tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a ƑoƤng tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a
account accountant keĆ” toaĆ¹n employ employee
ngƶƓĆøi laĆøm
coĆ¢ng
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 41
act actor
dieĆ£n vieĆ¢n
nam
fertilize fertilizer phaĆ¢n boĆ¹n
apply applicant ngƶƓĆøi xin vieƤc inhabit inhabitant cƶ daĆ¢n
assist assistant ngƶƓĆøi phuĆÆ taĆ¹ instruct instructor
ngƶƓĆøi
hĆ¶Ć“Ć¹ng daĆ£n
attend attendant
ngƶƓĆøi tham
dƶĆÆ
interview interviewee
ngƶƓĆøi ƱƶƓĆÆc
phoƻng vaƔn
beg beggar ngƶƓĆøi aĆŖn xin own owner ngƶƓĆøi chuĆ»
build builder thĆ“ĆÆ xaĆ¢y pay payee
ngƶƓĆøi ƱƶƓĆÆc
traĆ» tieĆ n
calculate calculator maĆ¹y tĆ­nh serve servant
ngƶƓĆøi giuĆ¹p
vieƤc
contest contestant ngƶƓĆøi dƶĆÆ thi sing singer ca sĆ³
cook cooker beĆ”p naĆ”u aĆŖn teach teacher giaĆ¹o vieĆ¢n
deposit depositor
ngƶƓĆøi gĆ“Ć»i
tieĆ n
train trainee
ngƶƓĆøi ƱƶƓĆÆc
ƱaĆøo taĆÆo
drive driver taĆøi xeĆ” walk walker ngƶƓĆøi Ʊi boƤ
edit editor bieĆ¢n taƤp vieĆ¢n work worker coĆ¢ng nhaĆ¢n
d) N + -ist/-an/-ian/-ess ---> N
Danh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a Danh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a
act actress nƶƵ dieĆ£n vieĆ¢n music musician nhaĆÆc sĆ³
America American ngƶƓĆøi MyƵ physics physicist nhaĆø vaƤt lyĆ¹
history historian nhaĆø sƶƻ hoĆÆc prince princess coĆ¢ng chuĆ¹a
host hostess baĆø chuĆ» nhaĆø science scientist nhaĆø khoa hoĆÆc
journal journalist nhaĆø baĆ¹o tiger tigeress coĆÆp caĆ¹i
library librarian thuĆ» thƶ tour tourist khaĆ¹ch du lĆ²ch
lion lioness sƶ tƶƻ caĆ¹i wait waitress nƶƵ haĆ u baĆøn
e) N + -ism/-ship ---> N
Danh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a Danh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a
capital capitalism CN tƶ baƻn hero heroism
CN anh
huĆøng
champion championship
chĆ¶Ć¹c voĆ¢
Ć±Ć²ch
scholar scholarship hoĆÆc toĆ„ng
friend friendship tƬnh baĆÆn sportsman sportsmanship
tinh thaĆ n
theƄ thao
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 42
f) Adj + -y/-ity/-ty/-cy/-ness/-ism/-dom ---> N
TĆ­nh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a
able ability khaĆ» naĆŖng dark darkness boĆ¹ng toĆ”i
certain certainty
sƶĆÆ chaĆ©c
chaƩn
popular popularity
sƶĆÆ phoĆ„
bieƔn
clear clarity sƶĆÆ roƵ raĆøng careful carefulness
sƶĆÆ caĆ„n
thaƤn
difficult difficulty khoĆ¹ khaĆŖn rich richness
sƶĆÆ giaĆøu
coĆ¹
fluent fluency
sƶĆÆ troĆ¢i
chaƻy
careless carelessness
sƶĆÆ baĆ”t
caƄn
national nationality quoĆ”c tĆ²ch sad sadness
sƶĆÆ buoĆ n
baƵ
possible possibility sƶĆÆ coĆ¹ theĆ„ ill/sick illness/sickness sƶĆÆ Ć±au yeĆ”u
real reality sƶĆÆ thaƤt cold coldness sƶĆÆ laĆÆnh leƵo
responsible responsibility
traĆ¹ch
nhieƤm
happy happiness
sƶĆÆ haĆÆnh
phuĆ¹c
stupid stupidity
sƶĆÆ Ć±aĆ n
ƱoƤn
free freedom sƶĆÆ tƶĆÆ do
g) Adj taƤn cuĆøng ā€œentā€ ---> ā€œenceā€
TĆ­nh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a
absent absence
sƶĆÆ vaĆ©ng
maƫt
intelligent intelligence
sƶĆÆ thoĆ¢ng
minh
confident confidence sƶĆÆ tƶĆÆ tin patient patience
sƶĆÆ kieĆ¢n
nhaĆ£n
diligent diligence
sƶĆÆ sieĆ¢ng
naĆŖng
silent silence
sƶĆÆ yeĆ¢n
laƫng
independent independence sƶĆÆ Ć±oƤc laƤp violent violence
sƶĆÆ baĆÆo
lƶĆÆc
II- ƑOƄNG TƖƘ:
1) TieĆ n toĆ”:
a) dis-/mis-/re-/over-/under-/out- + V ---> V
ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a
disagree
khoĆ¢ng
ƱoĆ ng yĆ¹
outnumber
nhieĆ u/
ƱoĆ¢ng hĆ“n
rewrite vieĆ”t laĆÆi
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 43
disappear bieƔn maƔt outrun
chaĆÆy
nhanh hƓn
undercharge
tĆ­nh giaĆ¹
quaĆ¹ thaĆ”p
dislike
khoĆ¢ng
thĆ­ch
outweigh naƫng hƓn undercook
naƔu chƶa
chĆ­n
misbehave cƶ xƶƻ sai overact
cƶƓĆøng
ƱieƤu
underdo
laĆøm
khoĆ¢ng
troĆÆn veĆÆn
misspell
ƱaĆ¹nh vaĆ n
nhaĆ m
overcook
naĆ”u quaĆ¹
chĆ­n
underestimate
ƱaĆ¹nh giaĆ¹
thaƔp
misunderstand hieĆ„u nhaĆ m overstay Ć“Ć» quaĆ¹ laĆ¢u underfeed
cho aĆŖn
khoĆ¢ng ƱuĆ»
misuse
sƶƻ duĆÆng
sai
overwork
laĆøm vieƤc
quaĆ¹ laĆ¢u,
quaĆ¹ sĆ¶Ć¹c
underlay
Ʊaƫt Ɠƻ
dĆ¶Ć“Ć¹i
outgrow
lĆ“Ć¹n/phaĆ¹t
trieƄn hƓn
redo laĆøm laĆÆi undersell
baĆ¹n reĆ»
hƓn
outlive
soĆ”ng laĆ¢u
hƓn
remarry
keĆ”t hoĆ¢n
laƠn nƶƵa
undersign kyĆ¹ Ć“Ć» dĆ¶Ć“Ć¹i
b) en- + N/V/Adj ---> V
ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a
enable
laĆøm cho coĆ¹ theĆ„
(laĆøm gƬ)
enclose gĆ“Ć»i keĆøm enlarge mĆ“Ć» roƤng
enact ban haĆønh (luaƤt) endanger gaĆ¢y nguy hieĆ„m enrich laĆøm giaĆøu
2) HaƤu toƔ:
Adj/N + -ize/-en/-ate/-fy ---> V
Adj/N ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a Adj/N ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a
beauty beautify laĆøm ƱeĆÆp origin originate baĆ©t nguoĆ n
bright brighten laĆøm raĆÆng rƓƵ real realize nhaƤn ra
industrial industrialize CN hoaĆ¹ sharp sharpen
laĆøm cho
saĆ©c, nhoĆÆn
legal legalize
hĆ“ĆÆp phaĆ¹p
hoaĆ¹
short shorten
laĆøm ngaĆ©n
laĆÆi
less lessen giaĆ»m bĆ“Ć¹t tight tighten sieĆ”t chaĆ«t
light lighten laĆøm nheĆÆ Ć±i weak weaken laĆøm yeĆ”u Ʊi
loose loosen laĆøm loĆ»ng ra white whiten laĆøm traĆ©ng
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 44
modren modernize
hieƤn ƱaĆÆi
hoaĆ¹
wide widen laĆøm roƤng ra
III- TƍNH TƖƘ:
1) TieĆ n toĆ”:
a) un-/in-/im-/ir-/il-/dis- + Adj ---> Adj
TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a
dishonest
khoĆ¢ng
trung thƶĆÆc
incomplete
khoĆ¢ng ƱaĆ y
Ʊuƻ
unemployed
thaƔt
nghieƤp
illegal
baĆ”t hĆ“ĆÆp
phaĆ¹p
inconvenient baƔt tieƤn unequal
khoĆ¢ng
bƬnh ƱaĆŗng
illogical
khoĆ¢ng hĆ“ĆÆp
lyĆ¹
independent ƱoƤc laƤp unhappy
khoĆ¢ng
haĆÆnh phuĆ¹c
immature
chƶa chƭn
chaƩn
indivisible
khoĆ¢ng theĆ„
chia ƱƶƓĆÆc
unlucky
khoĆ¢ng
may
impatient
khoĆ¢ng
kieĆ¢n nhaĆ£n
inexact
khoĆ¢ng
chĆ­nh xaĆ¹c
unreal khoĆ¢ng thaƤt
impossible khoĆ¢ng theĆ„ irregular baĆ”t qui taĆ©c unsatisfactory
khoĆ¢ng haĆøi
loĆøng
impractical
khoĆ¢ng
thƶĆÆc teĆ”
irresponsible
voĆ¢ traĆ¹ch
nhieƤm
untrue
khoĆ¢ng
ƱuĆ¹ng
b) inter-/super-/under-/over-/sub- + Adj/N ---> Adj
TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a
international quoĆ”c teĆ” overnight quaĆ¹ ƱeĆ¢m supernatural sieĆ¢u nhieĆ¢n
overanxious quaĆ¹ lo aĆ¢u overseas haĆ»i ngoaĆÆi supersonic sieĆ¢u aĆ¢m
overconfident quaĆ¹ tƶĆÆ tin oversized quaĆ¹ cƓƵ undercover kĆ­n,bĆ­ maƤt
overcrowded quaĆ¹ ƱoĆ¢ng overweight
quaĆ¹ caĆ¢n,
beĆ¹o phƬ
underdeveloped
keĆ¹m phaĆ¹t
trieƄn
overelaborate quaĆ¹ tƦ mƦ subconscious
tieĆ m
thĆ¶Ć¹c
underpaid
traƻ thaƔp
quaĆ¹
overjealous quaĆ¹ ghen subnormal
dĆ¶Ć“Ć¹i bƬnh
thƶƓĆøng
underweight
nheĆÆ caĆ¢n,
thieĆ”u caĆ¢n
overjoyed quaĆ¹ vui superhuman
sieĆ¢u
phaĆøm
2) HaƤu toƔ:
a) N + -ly/-like/-less/-ish/-y/-ful/-al/-ic/ ---> Adj
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 45
TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a
manly coĆ¹ tĆ­nh caĆ¹ch ƱaĆøn oĆ¢ng dusty coĆ¹ buĆÆi
brotherly thuoƤc veĆ  anh em snowy coĆ¹ tuyeĆ”t
worldly thuoƤc veĆ  theĆ” giĆ“Ć¹i rainy coĆ¹ mƶa
hourly haĆØng giĆ“Ćø sandy coĆ¹ caĆ¹t
yearly haĆØng naĆŖm dirty baĆ„n
daily haĆØng ngaĆøy healthy khoeĆ» maĆÆnh
childlike nhƶ con nĆ­t magical tuyeƤt vĆ“Ćøi
godlike nhƶ thaĆ n thaĆ¹nh agricultural noĆ¢ng nghieƤp
statesmanlike nhƶ nhaĆø chĆ¶Ć¹c traĆ¹ch industrial coĆ¢ng nghieƤp
lifelike gioĆ”ng nhƶ thaƤt natural thieĆ¢n nhieĆ¢n
speechless khoĆ¢ng lĆ“Ćøi national thuoƤc quoĆ”c gia
carelesss khoĆ¢ng caĆ„n thaƤn harmful coĆ¹ haĆÆi
harmless khoĆ¢ng ƱoƤc haĆÆi useful coĆ¹ Ć­ch
childless khoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ con delightful vui veĆ»
treeless khoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ caĆ¢y successful thaĆønh coĆ¢ng
odourless khoĆ¢ng muĆøi vĆ² hopeful hi voĆÆng
foolish ƱieĆ¢n daĆÆi helpful hay giuĆ¹p ƱƓƵ
selfish Ć­ch kyĆ» peaceful hoaĆø bƬnh
childish coĆ¹ tĆ­nh caĆ¹ch treĆ» con scientific khoa hoĆÆc
b) V/N + -ive/-able/-ible ---> Adj
TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a
acceptable coĆ¹ theĆ„ chaĆ”p nhaƤn defensible coĆ¹ theĆ„ baĆ»o veƤ ƱƶƓĆÆc
achievable coĆ¹ theĆ„ ƱaĆÆt ƱƶƓĆÆc eatable coĆ¹ theĆ„ aĆŖn ƱƶƓĆÆc
active naĆŖng ƱoƤng effective hieƤu quaĆ»
agreeable taĆ¹n thaĆønh excusable coĆ¹ theĆ„ tha thĆ¶Ć¹
attractive haĆ”p daĆ£n informative coĆ¹ nhieĆ u thoĆ¢ng tin
comprehensible coĆ¹ theĆ„ hieĆ„u manageable coĆ¹ theĆ„ quaĆ»n lyĆ¹
countable coĆ¹ theĆ„ ƱeĆ”m washable coĆ¹ theĆ„ giaĆ«t ƱƶƓĆÆc
IV- TRAƏNG TƖƘ: PhaĆ n lĆ“Ć¹n: Adj + -ly ---> Adv (xem BaĆøi 10, III, 1.1)
Never quit certainty for hope.
ThaĆ» moĆ i baĆ©t boĆ¹ng.
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 46
BaĆøi 13: CHUYEƅN ƑOƅI CAƂU
CaĆ¹c daĆÆng bieĆ”n ƱoĆ„i caĆ¢u thƶƓĆøng gaĆ«p
1) ChuĆ» ƱoƤng ā€“ bĆ² ƱoƤng: (xem laĆÆi BaĆøi 2)
2) TrƶĆÆc tieĆ”p ā€“ giaĆ¹n tieĆ”p: (xem laĆÆi BaĆøi 4)
3) ƑaĆ»o ngƶƵ: (xem laĆÆi BaĆøi 6)
4) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ lyĆ¹ do, sƶĆÆ nhƶƓĆÆng boƤ:(xem laĆÆi BaĆøi 8, II, 3&7)
though/although/even though + S + V
---> despite/in spite of + V-ing/N/N phrase
* LƖU Yƙ: BUT ---> ALTHOUGH
Ex: Cars cause pollution but people still want them.
---> Although cars cause pollution, people still want them.
5) So saĆ¹nh: (xem theĆ¢m BaĆøi 11, so saĆ¹nh baĆØng/nhaĆ”t/hĆ“n)
Ex: Mary is not as tall as Alice.
---> Mary is not so tall as Alice.
---> Mary is less tall than Alice.
---> Alice is taller than Mary.
6) ƑieĆ u kieƤn: (xem laĆÆi BaĆøi 5, caĆ¢u ƑK loaĆÆi 2 vaĆø 3)
1.1 KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» hieƤn taĆÆi:
Ex: Iā€™m busy. I donā€™t go to the concert.
---> If I were not busy, I would go to the concert.
---> Unless I were busy, I would go to the concert.
1.2 KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹:
Ex: Peter missed the train because he woke up too late.
---> If Peter hadnā€™t woken up too late, he wouldnā€™t have missed the train.
---> Unless Peter had woken up too late, he wouldnā€™t have missed the train.
7) Ao Ć¶Ć“Ć¹c: (xem laĆÆi BaĆøi 5, caĆ¢u ao Ć¶Ć“Ć¹c)
7.1 KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» hieƤn taĆÆi:
Ex: Tom is not happy because his girlfriend is not here.
---> Tom wishes his girlfriend were here.
1.1 KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹:
Ex: I am sorry I missed your wedding party.
---> I wish I hadnā€™t missed your wedding party.
1.2 KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» tƶƓng lai:
Ex: They will not attend my birthday party next week.
---> I wish they would attend my birthday party next week.
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 47
8) ThueĆ¢/nhĆ“Ćø ai laĆøm vieƤc gƬ: (xem theĆ¢m BaĆøi 2, 4.2)
S + V + O ---> S + have + O + V ---> S + have + O + V3/ed
---> S + get + O + to V ---> S + get + O + V3/ed
Ex: The machanic repairs my car every month.
---> I have the machanic repair my car every month.
---> I get the machanic to repair my car every month.
---> I have/get my car repaired by the mechanic every month.
9) ƑeĆ  nghĆ², lĆ“Ćøi khuyeĆ¢n:
Letā€™s + V S + advise/suggest + V-ing
How/What about + V-ing? S + advise + O + to V
Would you mind + V-ing? S + suggest (that) + S (+ should) + V
Why donā€™t we/you + V?
Ex: Letā€™s go for a ride!
---> What about going for a ride?
Please donā€™t play the music so loudly.
---> Would you mind not playing the music so loudly?
10) NguyeĆ¢n nhaĆ¢n ā€“ keĆ”t quaĆ»:
so + adj/adv + that clause
such (a/an) + adj + N + that clause
too + adj/adv (+ for O) + to + V
not + adj + enough (+ for O) + to + V
Ex: The water was so cold that the children couldnā€™t swim in it.
---> It was such cold water that the children couldnā€™t swim in it.
---> The water was too cold for the children to swim in.
---> The water is not warm enough for the children to swim in.
* LƖU Yƙ:
- Trong caĆ”u truĆ¹c so/such ā€¦ that, ta giƶƵ laĆÆi tƶĆø ā€œitā€.
- Trong caĆ”u truĆ¹c too ā€¦ to vaĆø not ā€¦ enough ā€¦ to, ta boĆ» tƶĆø ā€œitā€.
11) MuĆÆc Ʊƭch/nguyeĆ¢n nhaĆ¢n:
S + V + to/in order to/so as to + V
S + V + so that/in order that + S + can/could + V
S + V + because + S + V
Ex: They started early to go to school on time.
---> They started early so that they could go to school on time.
---> They started early because they wanted to go to school on time.
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 48
12) LaĆ n thĆ¶Ć¹ ā€¦ (laĆøm chuyeƤn gƬ):
S + have/had + never + V3/ed
S + have/had + not + V3/ed + before
---> It/This is/was the first time (that) + S + have/had + V3/ed
Ex: I have not eaten this kind of food before.
---> This is the first time that I have eaten this kind of food.
13) Yƙ kieĆ”n/ƱaĆ¹nh giaĆ¹ moƤt sƶĆÆ vieƤc:
It + be + adj (for O) + to V
---> To V/V-ing + be + adj (for O)
Ex: It is not easy for me to master English.
---> To master/Mastering English is not easy for me.
It is more dangerous to drive a motorbike than to drive a car.
---> To drive a motorbike is more dangerous than to drive a car.
---> Driving a motorbike is more dangerous than driving a car.
14) MaĆ”t ā€¦ (thĆ“Ćøi gian) laĆøm vieƤc gƬ:
S + spend + time + V-ing hoaƫc S + last + time
---> It + takes/took + O + time + to V
Ex: He spent 15 minutes finishing this exercise.
---> It took him 15 minutes to finish this exercise.
The flight to Hong Kong lasts about 8 hours.
---> It takes about 8 hours to fly to Hong Kong.
15) ThoĆ¹i quen hieƤn taĆÆi vaĆø trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹:
S + often/usually + V
S + find + it + adj + to V
---> S + be used to + V-ing
Ex: They usually drink beer.
---> They are used to drinking beer.
I donā€™t find it difficult to get up early.
---> I am used to getting up early.
S + used to + V ---> S + no longer + V = S + not ā€¦ any more/any longer
Ex: He used to smoke cigarettes.
---> He no longer smokes cigarettes.
---> He doesnā€™t smoke cigarettes any more / any longer.
* LƖU Yƙ:
be used to + V/ be used for + V-ing: coĆ¢ng duĆÆng moƤt vaƤt
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 49
Ex: What is money used for?
---> It is used to buy or sell goods.
---> It is used for buying or selling goods.
You are never too old to learn.
HoĆÆc khoĆ¢ng bao giĆ“Ćø muoƤn.
PHUƏ LUƏC 1: ƑOƄNG TƖƘ BAƁT QUY TAƉC THƖƔƘNG GAƋP
HieƤn taĆÆi QuaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ QK PT NghĆ³a
am/is/are was/were been thƬ, laĆø, Ć“Ć»
arise Arose arisen xuaƔt hieƤn
bear Bore borne sinh ra
beat Beat beaten ƱaĆ¹nh, ƱaƤp
become Became become trĆ“Ć» neĆ¢n
begin Began begun baƩt ƱaƠu
bend Bent bent cuĆ¹i, gaƤp
bet Bet bet ƱaĆ¹nh cuoƤc
bite Bit bitten caƩn
bleed Bled bled chaĆ»y maĆ¹u
blow Blew blown thoƄi
break Broke broken laĆøm vƓƵ
breed Bred bred nuoĆ¢i
bring Brought brought mang
build Built built xaĆ¢y dƶĆÆng
burn* Burnt burnt ƱoĆ”t chaĆ¹y
burst Burst burst bƶĆøng chaĆ¹y
buy bought bought mua
catch Caught caught baĆ©t ƱƶƓĆÆc
choose Chose chosen choĆÆn lƶĆÆa
come Came come ƱeƔn
cost Cost cost trĆ² giaĆ¹
creep Crept crept boĆø
cut Cut cut caƩt
dig Dug dug ƱaĆøo
do Did done laĆøm
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 50
draw Drew drawn veƵ
dream* Dreamt dreamt mƓ
drink Drank drunk uoƔng
drive Drove driven laĆ¹i xe
eat ate eaten aĆŖn
fall Fell fallen teĆ¹ xuoĆ”ng
feed Fed fed cho aĆŖn
feel Felt felt caƻm thaƔy
fight fought fought ƱaĆ¹nh nhau
find Found found tƬm thaƔy
fit Fit fit vƶĆøa vaĆ«n
fly Flew flown bay
forecast Forecast forecast dƶĆÆ baĆ¹o
forget Forgot forgot(ten) queĆ¢n
forgive Forgave forgiven tha thĆ¶Ć¹
freeze Froze frozen ƱoĆ¢ng laĆÆnh
get Got got(ten) ƱaĆÆt ƱƶƓĆÆc
give Gave given cho
go Went gone Ʊi
grind Ground ground nghieĆ n
grow Grew grown moĆÆc
hang Hung hung treo
have Had had coĆ¹; duĆøng
hear Heard heard nghe
hide Hid hidden che giaƔu
hit Hit hit ƱuĆÆng
hold Held held caĆ m,naĆ©m,toĆ„ chĆ¶Ć¹c
hurt hurt hurt laĆøm Ʊau
keep Kept kept giƶƵ
know Knew known bieƔt
lay Laid laid Ʊaƫt, ƱeƄ
lead Led led daĆ£n daĆ©t
learn* Learnt learnt hoĆÆc
leave left left rĆ“Ćøi khoĆ»i
lend Lent lent cho mƶƓĆÆn
let Let let ƱeƄ cho
lose Lost lost ƱaĆ¹nh maĆ”t
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 51
make Made made laĆøm
mean Meant meant nghĆ³a laĆø
meet Met met gaƫp
overcome overcame overcome vƶƓĆÆt qua
pay Paid paid traĆ» tieĆ n
put Put put Ʊaƫt, ƱeƄ
quit Quit quit thoaĆ¹t ra
read Read read ƱoĆÆc
ride Rode ridden cƶƓƵi, ƱaĆÆp xe
ring Rang rung reo, rung
rise Rose risen nhoĆ¢,moƤc leĆ¢n
run Ran run chaĆÆy
say Said said noĆ¹i
seek Sought sought tƬm kieƔm
sell Sold sold baĆ¹n
send Sent sent gƶƻi Ʊi
set Set set xeƔp Ʊaƫt
shake Shook shaken laƩc
shoot Shot shot baƩn
shut Shut shut ƱoĆ¹ng laĆÆi
sing Sang sung haĆ¹t
sink Sank sunk chƬm, ƱaƩm
sit Sat sat ngoĆ i
sleep Slept slept nguĆ»
slide Slid slid trƶƓĆÆt Ʊi
smell* Smelt smelt ngƶƻi
speak Spoke spoken noĆ¹i
speed Sped sped taĆŖng toĆ”c
spell Spelt spelt ƱaĆ¹nh vaĆ n
spend Spent spent tieĆ¢u xaĆøi
spill Spilt spilt traĆøn ra
spread Spread spread lan truyeĆ n
stand Stood stood Ć±Ć¶Ć¹ng
sting Stung stung chƭch, ƱoƔt
strike Struck struck ƱaĆ¹nh
swear Swore sworn theĆ 
sweep Swept swept queĆ¹t
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 52
swim Swam swum bƓi, loƤi
swing Swung swung ƱaĆ¹nh Ʊu
take Took taken caƠm, naƩm
teach Taught taught daĆÆy
tear Tore torn xeĆ¹ raĆ¹ch
tell told told baƻo, keƄ
think Thought thought suy nghĆ³
throw Threw thrown neĆ¹m
thrust Thrust thrust aĆ”n maĆÆnh
understand understood understood hieƄu
wake Woke woken ƱaĆ¹nh thĆ¶Ć¹c
wear Wore worn maƫc, ƱoƤi
weave Wove woven deƤt
weep Wept wept khoĆ¹c
wet Wet wet laĆøm Ć¶Ć“Ć¹t
win Won won thaƩng
write Wrote written vieƔt
* CoĆ¹ theĆ„ theĆ¢m ā€œedā€ ƱeĆ„ thaĆønh laƤp V2/3.
ā˜ŗā˜ŗā˜ŗā˜ŗ
ChuĆ¹c caĆ¹c em thaĆønh coĆ¢ng!!!ChuĆ¹c caĆ¹c em thaĆønh coĆ¢ng!!!ChuĆ¹c caĆ¹c em thaĆønh coĆ¢ng!!!ChuĆ¹c caĆ¹c em thaĆønh coĆ¢ng!!!
HaƵy vaĆøoHaƵy vaĆøoHaƵy vaĆøoHaƵy vaĆøo http://vihocsinhthanyeu.tkhttp://vihocsinhthanyeu.tkhttp://vihocsinhthanyeu.tkhttp://vihocsinhthanyeu.tk ƱeĆ„ tham khaĆ»oƱeĆ„ tham khaĆ»oƱeĆ„ tham khaĆ»oƱeĆ„ tham khaĆ»o
theĆ¢m taĆøi lieƤu hoĆÆc taƤp tieĆ”ng Anh.theĆ¢m taĆøi lieƤu hoĆÆc taƤp tieĆ”ng Anh.theĆ¢m taĆøi lieƤu hoĆÆc taƤp tieĆ”ng Anh.theĆ¢m taĆøi lieƤu hoĆÆc taƤp tieĆ”ng Anh.
NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy
Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 53
MUƏC LUƏC
Trang
BAƘI 1: THƌ CUƛA ƑOƄNG TƖƘ ............................................................................1
BAƘI 2: THEƅ THUƏ ƑOƄNG..................................................................................7
BAƘI 3: SƖƏ HOAƘ HƔƏP GIƖƕA CHUƛ TƖƘ VAƘ ƑOƄNG TƖƘ....................................9
BAƘI 4: CAƂU NOƙI TRƖƏC TIEƁP VAƘ GIAƙN TIEƁP ...........................................11
BAƘI 5: CAƂU ƑIEƀU KIEƄN VAƘ CAƂU AO ƖƔƙC ..............................................13
BAƘI 6: SƖƏ ƑAƛO NGƖƕ .....................................................................................14
BAƘI 7: TƖƘ ƑƒNH LƖƔƏNG ..............................................................................15
BAƘI 8: MEƄNH ƑEƀ TƍNH TƖƘ VAƘ MEƄNH ƑEƀ TRAƏNG TƖƘ .........................17
BAƘI 9: DANH ƑOƄNG TƖƘ VAƘ ƑOƄNG TƖƘ NGUYEƂN MAƃU COƙ ā€œTOā€ ........22
BAƘI 10: TƖƘ LOAƏI ...........................................................................................23
BAƘI 11: SO SAƙNH TƍNH TƖƘ VAƘ TRAƏNG TƖƘ ..............................................36
BAƘI 12: CAƙCH THAƘNH LAƄP TƖƘ..................................................................39
BAƘI 13: CHUYEƅN ƑOƅI CAƂU ........................................................................46
PHUƏ LUƏC: ƑOƄNG TƖƘ BAƁT QUY TAƉC THƖƔƘNG GAƋP .............................49
TAƘI LIEƄU THAM KHAƛO
1. John Eastwood, OXFORD GUIDE TO ENGLISH GRAMMAR, Oxford
University Press, 1994
2. Raymond Murphy, ENGLISH GRAMMAR IN USE, Cambridge University
Press, 2000
3. HaĆø VaĆŖn Bƶƻu, NHƖƕNG MAƃU CAƂU TIEƁNG ANH, NXB TP. HCM, 1998
4. Mai Lan HƶƓng ā€“ NguyeĆ£n Thanh Loan, NGƖƕ PHAƙP TIEƁNG ANH, NXB
TreĆ», 2003
5. ThaĆ¹i HoaĆøng NguyeĆ¢n ā€“ ƑoĆ£ VaĆŖn ThaĆ»o, BAƘI TAƄP NGƖƕ PHAƙP TIEƁNG ANH
NAƂNG CAO, NXB GiaĆ¹o duĆÆc, 2003
6. NguyeĆ£n VaĆŖn ThoĆÆ ā€“ HuyĆønh Kim TuaĆ”n, BAƘI TAƄP LUYEƄN TIEƁNG ANH
THPT: NGƖƕ PHAƙP, NXB GiaĆ¹o duĆÆc, 2005
7. LeĆ¢ DuƵng, NGƖƕ PHAƙP TIEƁNG ANH CAƊN BAƛN, NXB GiaĆ¹o duĆÆc, 2006
8. LeĆ¢ DuƵng, NGƖƕ PHAƙP TIEƁNG ANH NAƂNG CAO, NXB GiaĆ¹o duĆÆc, 2000
9. VĆ³nh KhueĆ¢ ā€“ TraĆ n VaĆŖn NhaĆ¢n, CHUYEƂN ƑEƀ BOƀI DƖƔƕNG ENGLISH 12,
NXB ƑoƠng Nai, 1997
10. Song PhuĆ¹c ā€“ LeĆ¢ NguyeĆ£n Minh ThoĆÆ, Bƍ QUYEƁT LAƘM BAƘI TAƄP CHUYEƅN
ƑOƅI CAƁU TRUƙC CAƂU TRONG TIEƁNH ANH, NXB GiaĆ¹o duĆÆc, 2004

More Related Content

Viewers also liked

Kiį»ƒm tra 1 tiįŗæt unit 9, 10, 11 tiįŗæng anh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2011
Kiį»ƒm tra 1 tiįŗæt unit 9, 10, 11 tiįŗæng anh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2011Kiį»ƒm tra 1 tiįŗæt unit 9, 10, 11 tiįŗæng anh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2011
Kiį»ƒm tra 1 tiįŗæt unit 9, 10, 11 tiįŗæng anh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2011
Phuong ThayTro.Net
Ā 
Unit 3: People's background tiįŗæng anh 10 thaytro.net
Unit 3: People's background tiįŗæng anh 10 thaytro.netUnit 3: People's background tiįŗæng anh 10 thaytro.net
Unit 3: People's background tiįŗæng anh 10 thaytro.net
Phuong ThayTro.Net
Ā 
Đį» thi trung hį»c phį»• thĆ“ng quį»‘c gia mĆ“n tiįŗæng Anh năm 2016
Đį» thi trung hį»c phį»• thĆ“ng quį»‘c gia mĆ“n tiįŗæng Anh năm 2016Đį» thi trung hį»c phį»• thĆ“ng quį»‘c gia mĆ“n tiįŗæng Anh năm 2016
Đį» thi trung hį»c phį»• thĆ“ng quį»‘c gia mĆ“n tiįŗæng Anh năm 2016
Phuong ThayTro.Net
Ā 
Adverbial clause oftime_exercises
Adverbial clause oftime_exercisesAdverbial clause oftime_exercises
Adverbial clause oftime_exercises
Phuong ThayTro.Net
Ā 
GiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 10 thĆ­ điį»ƒm (trį»n bį»™) tĆ i liį»‡u text
GiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 10 thĆ­ điį»ƒm (trį»n bį»™)   tĆ i liį»‡u textGiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 10 thĆ­ điį»ƒm (trį»n bį»™)   tĆ i liį»‡u text
GiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 10 thĆ­ điį»ƒm (trį»n bį»™) tĆ i liį»‡u text
SĆ¹ng A TĆ“
Ā 
Ngu phap tieng anh lop 10, 11, 12 thaytro.net
Ngu phap tieng anh lop 10, 11, 12 thaytro.netNgu phap tieng anh lop 10, 11, 12 thaytro.net
Ngu phap tieng anh lop 10, 11, 12 thaytro.net
Phuong ThayTro.Net
Ā 
Unit 4: special education tiįŗæng Anh 10
Unit 4: special education tiįŗæng Anh 10Unit 4: special education tiįŗæng Anh 10
Unit 4: special education tiįŗæng Anh 10
Phuong ThayTro.Net
Ā 
NgĆ¢n hĆ ng cĆ¢u hį»i tiįŗæng anh 10 hk1 (2016-2017)
NgĆ¢n hĆ ng cĆ¢u hį»i tiįŗæng  anh 10   hk1 (2016-2017)NgĆ¢n hĆ ng cĆ¢u hį»i tiįŗæng  anh 10   hk1 (2016-2017)
NgĆ¢n hĆ ng cĆ¢u hį»i tiįŗæng anh 10 hk1 (2016-2017)
Sį»­a MĆ”y TĆ­nh Quįŗ£ng NgĆ£i
Ā 
GiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh 10 unit 12 speaking
GiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh 10 unit 12 speakingGiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh 10 unit 12 speaking
GiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh 10 unit 12 speaking
SĆ¹ng A TĆ“
Ā 
BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ KIįŗ¾N THį»ØC TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 10
BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ KIįŗ¾N THį»ØC TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 10BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ KIįŗ¾N THį»ØC TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 10
BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ KIįŗ¾N THį»ØC TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 10
Nguyį»…n SĆ”u
Ā 
400 CĆ¢u Tiįŗæng Anh ThĆ“ng Dį»„ng Trong Cuį»™c Sį»‘ng
400 CĆ¢u Tiįŗæng Anh ThĆ“ng Dį»„ng Trong Cuį»™c Sį»‘ng400 CĆ¢u Tiįŗæng Anh ThĆ“ng Dį»„ng Trong Cuį»™c Sį»‘ng
400 CĆ¢u Tiįŗæng Anh ThĆ“ng Dį»„ng Trong Cuį»™c Sį»‘ng
Ngoc Hoang
Ā 
Tį»« vį»±ng vĆ  ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 11 đįŗ§y đį»§
Tį»« vį»±ng vĆ  ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 11 đįŗ§y đį»§Tį»« vį»±ng vĆ  ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 11 đįŗ§y đį»§
Tį»« vį»±ng vĆ  ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 11 đįŗ§y đį»§
phan de
Ā 
Quy tac-phat-am-tieng-anh
Quy tac-phat-am-tieng-anhQuy tac-phat-am-tieng-anh
Quy tac-phat-am-tieng-anhBįŗ£o Bį»‘i
Ā 
Tį»•ng hį»£p 1000 tį»« tiįŗæng anh Word form thĆ“ng dį»„ng
Tį»•ng hį»£p 1000 tį»« tiįŗæng anh Word form thĆ“ng dį»„ng Tį»•ng hį»£p 1000 tį»« tiįŗæng anh Word form thĆ“ng dį»„ng
Tį»•ng hį»£p 1000 tį»« tiįŗæng anh Word form thĆ“ng dį»„ng
Jackson Linh
Ā 
100 cįŗ„u trĆŗc vĆ  cį»„m tį»« thĆ“ng dį»„ng trong tiįŗæng anh phį»• thĆ“ng
100 cįŗ„u trĆŗc vĆ  cį»„m tį»« thĆ“ng dį»„ng trong tiįŗæng anh phį»• thĆ“ng100 cįŗ„u trĆŗc vĆ  cį»„m tį»« thĆ“ng dį»„ng trong tiįŗæng anh phį»• thĆ“ng
100 cįŗ„u trĆŗc vĆ  cį»„m tį»« thĆ“ng dį»„ng trong tiįŗæng anh phį»• thĆ“ng
Hong Phuong Nguyen
Ā 
75 cįŗ„u trĆŗc tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n thĘ°į»ng gįŗ·p į»Ÿ thpt
75 cįŗ„u trĆŗc tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n thĘ°į»ng gįŗ·p į»Ÿ thpt75 cįŗ„u trĆŗc tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n thĘ°į»ng gįŗ·p į»Ÿ thpt
75 cįŗ„u trĆŗc tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n thĘ°į»ng gįŗ·p į»Ÿ thptOanh MJ
Ā 

Viewers also liked (16)

Kiį»ƒm tra 1 tiįŗæt unit 9, 10, 11 tiįŗæng anh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2011
Kiį»ƒm tra 1 tiįŗæt unit 9, 10, 11 tiįŗæng anh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2011Kiį»ƒm tra 1 tiįŗæt unit 9, 10, 11 tiįŗæng anh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2011
Kiį»ƒm tra 1 tiįŗæt unit 9, 10, 11 tiįŗæng anh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2011
Ā 
Unit 3: People's background tiįŗæng anh 10 thaytro.net
Unit 3: People's background tiįŗæng anh 10 thaytro.netUnit 3: People's background tiįŗæng anh 10 thaytro.net
Unit 3: People's background tiįŗæng anh 10 thaytro.net
Ā 
Đį» thi trung hį»c phį»• thĆ“ng quį»‘c gia mĆ“n tiįŗæng Anh năm 2016
Đį» thi trung hį»c phį»• thĆ“ng quį»‘c gia mĆ“n tiįŗæng Anh năm 2016Đį» thi trung hį»c phį»• thĆ“ng quį»‘c gia mĆ“n tiįŗæng Anh năm 2016
Đį» thi trung hį»c phį»• thĆ“ng quį»‘c gia mĆ“n tiįŗæng Anh năm 2016
Ā 
Adverbial clause oftime_exercises
Adverbial clause oftime_exercisesAdverbial clause oftime_exercises
Adverbial clause oftime_exercises
Ā 
GiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 10 thĆ­ điį»ƒm (trį»n bį»™) tĆ i liį»‡u text
GiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 10 thĆ­ điį»ƒm (trį»n bį»™)   tĆ i liį»‡u textGiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 10 thĆ­ điį»ƒm (trį»n bį»™)   tĆ i liį»‡u text
GiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 10 thĆ­ điį»ƒm (trį»n bį»™) tĆ i liį»‡u text
Ā 
Ngu phap tieng anh lop 10, 11, 12 thaytro.net
Ngu phap tieng anh lop 10, 11, 12 thaytro.netNgu phap tieng anh lop 10, 11, 12 thaytro.net
Ngu phap tieng anh lop 10, 11, 12 thaytro.net
Ā 
Unit 4: special education tiįŗæng Anh 10
Unit 4: special education tiįŗæng Anh 10Unit 4: special education tiįŗæng Anh 10
Unit 4: special education tiįŗæng Anh 10
Ā 
NgĆ¢n hĆ ng cĆ¢u hį»i tiįŗæng anh 10 hk1 (2016-2017)
NgĆ¢n hĆ ng cĆ¢u hį»i tiįŗæng  anh 10   hk1 (2016-2017)NgĆ¢n hĆ ng cĆ¢u hį»i tiįŗæng  anh 10   hk1 (2016-2017)
NgĆ¢n hĆ ng cĆ¢u hį»i tiįŗæng anh 10 hk1 (2016-2017)
Ā 
GiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh 10 unit 12 speaking
GiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh 10 unit 12 speakingGiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh 10 unit 12 speaking
GiĆ”o Ć”n tiįŗæng anh 10 unit 12 speaking
Ā 
BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ KIįŗ¾N THį»ØC TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 10
BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ KIįŗ¾N THį»ØC TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 10BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ KIįŗ¾N THį»ØC TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 10
BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ KIįŗ¾N THį»ØC TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 10
Ā 
400 CĆ¢u Tiįŗæng Anh ThĆ“ng Dį»„ng Trong Cuį»™c Sį»‘ng
400 CĆ¢u Tiįŗæng Anh ThĆ“ng Dį»„ng Trong Cuį»™c Sį»‘ng400 CĆ¢u Tiįŗæng Anh ThĆ“ng Dį»„ng Trong Cuį»™c Sį»‘ng
400 CĆ¢u Tiįŗæng Anh ThĆ“ng Dį»„ng Trong Cuį»™c Sį»‘ng
Ā 
Tį»« vį»±ng vĆ  ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 11 đįŗ§y đį»§
Tį»« vį»±ng vĆ  ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 11 đįŗ§y đį»§Tį»« vį»±ng vĆ  ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 11 đįŗ§y đį»§
Tį»« vį»±ng vĆ  ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh lį»›p 11 đįŗ§y đį»§
Ā 
Quy tac-phat-am-tieng-anh
Quy tac-phat-am-tieng-anhQuy tac-phat-am-tieng-anh
Quy tac-phat-am-tieng-anh
Ā 
Tį»•ng hį»£p 1000 tį»« tiįŗæng anh Word form thĆ“ng dį»„ng
Tį»•ng hį»£p 1000 tį»« tiįŗæng anh Word form thĆ“ng dį»„ng Tį»•ng hį»£p 1000 tį»« tiįŗæng anh Word form thĆ“ng dį»„ng
Tį»•ng hį»£p 1000 tį»« tiįŗæng anh Word form thĆ“ng dį»„ng
Ā 
100 cįŗ„u trĆŗc vĆ  cį»„m tį»« thĆ“ng dį»„ng trong tiįŗæng anh phį»• thĆ“ng
100 cįŗ„u trĆŗc vĆ  cį»„m tį»« thĆ“ng dį»„ng trong tiįŗæng anh phį»• thĆ“ng100 cįŗ„u trĆŗc vĆ  cį»„m tį»« thĆ“ng dį»„ng trong tiįŗæng anh phį»• thĆ“ng
100 cįŗ„u trĆŗc vĆ  cį»„m tį»« thĆ“ng dį»„ng trong tiįŗæng anh phį»• thĆ“ng
Ā 
75 cįŗ„u trĆŗc tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n thĘ°į»ng gįŗ·p į»Ÿ thpt
75 cįŗ„u trĆŗc tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n thĘ°į»ng gįŗ·p į»Ÿ thpt75 cįŗ„u trĆŗc tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n thĘ°į»ng gįŗ·p į»Ÿ thpt
75 cįŗ„u trĆŗc tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n thĘ°į»ng gįŗ·p į»Ÿ thpt
Ā 

Similar to Ngu phap tieng anh pho thong thaytro.net

Grammar english
Grammar englishGrammar english
Grammar english
Khoa Nguyen Dang
Ā 
Dį»‹ch thuįŗ­t - Ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh thpt
Dį»‹ch thuįŗ­t - Ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh thptDį»‹ch thuįŗ­t - Ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh thpt
Dį»‹ch thuįŗ­t - Ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh thpt
Viį»‡t Uy TĆ­n
Ā 
Grammar english
Grammar englishGrammar english
Grammar english
Khoa Nguyen Dang
Ā 
Grammar english
Grammar englishGrammar english
Grammar english
Khoa Nguyen Dang
Ā 
Ngu phap tieng anh trung hoc pho thong
Ngu phap tieng anh trung hoc pho thongNgu phap tieng anh trung hoc pho thong
Ngu phap tieng anh trung hoc pho thong
ĐƠo Anh Tuįŗ„n
Ā 
Tai lieu van_pham_anh_van_ngu_phap_tieng_anh
Tai lieu van_pham_anh_van_ngu_phap_tieng_anhTai lieu van_pham_anh_van_ngu_phap_tieng_anh
Tai lieu van_pham_anh_van_ngu_phap_tieng_anh
congbanglenovo
Ā 
Present pefec
Present pefecPresent pefec
Present pefec
maipham06qt61
Ā 
Tense
TenseTense
Tense
Thang Vu
Ā 
Ngu phap tieng anh 8
Ngu phap tieng anh 8Ngu phap tieng anh 8
Ngu phap tieng anh 8
haloihvnh8989
Ā 
Giao an boi duong 8.1 kxh.docj.doc ket
Giao an boi duong 8.1   kxh.docj.doc ketGiao an boi duong 8.1   kxh.docj.doc ket
Giao an boi duong 8.1 kxh.docj.doc ket
Kiį»u XuĆ¢n Hį»a
Ā 
Lesson 2
Lesson 2 Lesson 2
Lesson 2
hoanguyen249
Ā 
Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7
hoanguyen249
Ā 
GIƁO ƁN Kįŗ¾ HOįŗ CH Dįŗ Y Hį»ŒC MƔN TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 7 Cįŗ¢ NĂM (GLOBAL SUCCESS) THEO CƔN...
GIƁO ƁN Kįŗ¾ HOįŗ CH Dįŗ Y Hį»ŒC MƔN TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 7 Cįŗ¢ NĂM (GLOBAL SUCCESS) THEO CƔN...GIƁO ƁN Kįŗ¾ HOįŗ CH Dįŗ Y Hį»ŒC MƔN TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 7 Cįŗ¢ NĂM (GLOBAL SUCCESS) THEO CƔN...
GIƁO ƁN Kįŗ¾ HOįŗ CH Dįŗ Y Hį»ŒC MƔN TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 7 Cįŗ¢ NĂM (GLOBAL SUCCESS) THEO CƔN...
Nguyen Thanh Tu Collection
Ā 
đį» cĘ°Ę”ng tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n !@#$%^&*()!@#$%
đį» cĘ°Ę”ng tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n !@#$%^&*()!@#$%đį» cĘ°Ę”ng tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n !@#$%^&*()!@#$%
đį» cĘ°Ę”ng tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n !@#$%^&*()!@#$%
anh95284
Ā 
N thi hki lį»›p 7 (lĆ½ thuyįŗæt + bĆ i tįŗ­ p)
N thi hki lį»›p 7 (lĆ½ thuyįŗæt + bĆ i tįŗ­ p)N thi hki lį»›p 7 (lĆ½ thuyįŗæt + bĆ i tįŗ­ p)
N thi hki lį»›p 7 (lĆ½ thuyįŗæt + bĆ i tįŗ­ p)
Nguyen Van Tai
Ā 
BĆ i nhĆ³m
BĆ i nhĆ³mBĆ i nhĆ³m
BĆ i nhĆ³m
tranthiencatnhan
Ā 
Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7
PhamHien
Ā 
Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7
tuanvnu4q
Ā 
Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7
PhamHien
Ā 
DE CUONG ON TAP HKII TIENG ANH 9.pdf
DE CUONG ON TAP HKII TIENG ANH 9.pdfDE CUONG ON TAP HKII TIENG ANH 9.pdf
DE CUONG ON TAP HKII TIENG ANH 9.pdf
ssusercdbc951
Ā 

Similar to Ngu phap tieng anh pho thong thaytro.net (20)

Grammar english
Grammar englishGrammar english
Grammar english
Ā 
Dį»‹ch thuįŗ­t - Ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh thpt
Dį»‹ch thuįŗ­t - Ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh thptDį»‹ch thuįŗ­t - Ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh thpt
Dį»‹ch thuįŗ­t - Ngį»Æ phĆ”p tiįŗæng anh thpt
Ā 
Grammar english
Grammar englishGrammar english
Grammar english
Ā 
Grammar english
Grammar englishGrammar english
Grammar english
Ā 
Ngu phap tieng anh trung hoc pho thong
Ngu phap tieng anh trung hoc pho thongNgu phap tieng anh trung hoc pho thong
Ngu phap tieng anh trung hoc pho thong
Ā 
Tai lieu van_pham_anh_van_ngu_phap_tieng_anh
Tai lieu van_pham_anh_van_ngu_phap_tieng_anhTai lieu van_pham_anh_van_ngu_phap_tieng_anh
Tai lieu van_pham_anh_van_ngu_phap_tieng_anh
Ā 
Present pefec
Present pefecPresent pefec
Present pefec
Ā 
Tense
TenseTense
Tense
Ā 
Ngu phap tieng anh 8
Ngu phap tieng anh 8Ngu phap tieng anh 8
Ngu phap tieng anh 8
Ā 
Giao an boi duong 8.1 kxh.docj.doc ket
Giao an boi duong 8.1   kxh.docj.doc ketGiao an boi duong 8.1   kxh.docj.doc ket
Giao an boi duong 8.1 kxh.docj.doc ket
Ā 
Lesson 2
Lesson 2 Lesson 2
Lesson 2
Ā 
Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7
Ā 
GIƁO ƁN Kįŗ¾ HOįŗ CH Dįŗ Y Hį»ŒC MƔN TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 7 Cįŗ¢ NĂM (GLOBAL SUCCESS) THEO CƔN...
GIƁO ƁN Kįŗ¾ HOįŗ CH Dįŗ Y Hį»ŒC MƔN TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 7 Cįŗ¢ NĂM (GLOBAL SUCCESS) THEO CƔN...GIƁO ƁN Kįŗ¾ HOįŗ CH Dįŗ Y Hį»ŒC MƔN TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 7 Cįŗ¢ NĂM (GLOBAL SUCCESS) THEO CƔN...
GIƁO ƁN Kįŗ¾ HOįŗ CH Dįŗ Y Hį»ŒC MƔN TIįŗ¾NG ANH Lį»šP 7 Cįŗ¢ NĂM (GLOBAL SUCCESS) THEO CƔN...
Ā 
đį» cĘ°Ę”ng tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n !@#$%^&*()!@#$%
đį» cĘ°Ę”ng tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n !@#$%^&*()!@#$%đį» cĘ°Ę”ng tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n !@#$%^&*()!@#$%
đį» cĘ°Ę”ng tiįŗæng anh cĘ” bįŗ£n !@#$%^&*()!@#$%
Ā 
N thi hki lį»›p 7 (lĆ½ thuyįŗæt + bĆ i tįŗ­ p)
N thi hki lį»›p 7 (lĆ½ thuyįŗæt + bĆ i tįŗ­ p)N thi hki lį»›p 7 (lĆ½ thuyįŗæt + bĆ i tįŗ­ p)
N thi hki lį»›p 7 (lĆ½ thuyįŗæt + bĆ i tįŗ­ p)
Ā 
BĆ i nhĆ³m
BĆ i nhĆ³mBĆ i nhĆ³m
BĆ i nhĆ³m
Ā 
Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7
Ā 
Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7
Ā 
Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7Avcb e period 1 7
Avcb e period 1 7
Ā 
DE CUONG ON TAP HKII TIENG ANH 9.pdf
DE CUONG ON TAP HKII TIENG ANH 9.pdfDE CUONG ON TAP HKII TIENG ANH 9.pdf
DE CUONG ON TAP HKII TIENG ANH 9.pdf
Ā 

More from Phuong ThayTro.Net

Reported grade12 thaytro.net
Reported grade12 thaytro.netReported grade12 thaytro.net
Reported grade12 thaytro.net
Phuong ThayTro.Net
Ā 
ĐƔp Ć”n chĆ­nh thį»©c thi tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia mĆ“n Anh 2016
ĐƔp Ć”n chĆ­nh thį»©c thi tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia mĆ“n Anh 2016ĐƔp Ć”n chĆ­nh thį»©c thi tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia mĆ“n Anh 2016
ĐƔp Ć”n chĆ­nh thį»©c thi tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia mĆ“n Anh 2016
Phuong ThayTro.Net
Ā 
Kįŗæt quįŗ£ tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An năm hį»c 2016 - 2017 hį»™i đį»“ng TrĘ°į»ng ...
Kįŗæt quįŗ£ tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An năm hį»c 2016 - 2017 hį»™i đį»“ng TrĘ°į»ng ...Kįŗæt quįŗ£ tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An năm hį»c 2016 - 2017 hį»™i đį»“ng TrĘ°į»ng ...
Kįŗæt quįŗ£ tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An năm hį»c 2016 - 2017 hį»™i đį»“ng TrĘ°į»ng ...
Phuong ThayTro.Net
Ā 
Tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2017
Tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2017Tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2017
Tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2017
Phuong ThayTro.Net
Ā 
Đį» thi thį»­ tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia năm 2015 mĆ“n Tiįŗæng Anh sį»Ÿ gd & đt tp Hį»“ ChĆ­ Minh
Đį» thi thį»­ tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia năm 2015 mĆ“n Tiįŗæng Anh sį»Ÿ gd & đt tp Hį»“ ChĆ­ MinhĐį» thi thį»­ tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia năm 2015 mĆ“n Tiįŗæng Anh sį»Ÿ gd & đt tp Hį»“ ChĆ­ Minh
Đį» thi thį»­ tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia năm 2015 mĆ“n Tiįŗæng Anh sį»Ÿ gd & đt tp Hį»“ ChĆ­ Minh
Phuong ThayTro.Net
Ā 
Ktra 1 tiet lan 4 tieng anh 10 tri an 2010
Ktra 1 tiet lan 4 tieng anh 10 tri an 2010Ktra 1 tiet lan 4 tieng anh 10 tri an 2010
Ktra 1 tiet lan 4 tieng anh 10 tri an 2010
Phuong ThayTro.Net
Ā 
Cau truc de thi av tnqg 2015
Cau truc de thi av tnqg 2015Cau truc de thi av tnqg 2015
Cau truc de thi av tnqg 2015
Phuong ThayTro.Net
Ā 
[Thaytro.net] morphology
[Thaytro.net] morphology[Thaytro.net] morphology
[Thaytro.net] morphology
Phuong ThayTro.Net
Ā 

More from Phuong ThayTro.Net (8)

Reported grade12 thaytro.net
Reported grade12 thaytro.netReported grade12 thaytro.net
Reported grade12 thaytro.net
Ā 
ĐƔp Ć”n chĆ­nh thį»©c thi tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia mĆ“n Anh 2016
ĐƔp Ć”n chĆ­nh thį»©c thi tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia mĆ“n Anh 2016ĐƔp Ć”n chĆ­nh thį»©c thi tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia mĆ“n Anh 2016
ĐƔp Ć”n chĆ­nh thį»©c thi tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia mĆ“n Anh 2016
Ā 
Kįŗæt quįŗ£ tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An năm hį»c 2016 - 2017 hį»™i đį»“ng TrĘ°į»ng ...
Kįŗæt quįŗ£ tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An năm hį»c 2016 - 2017 hį»™i đį»“ng TrĘ°į»ng ...Kįŗæt quįŗ£ tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An năm hį»c 2016 - 2017 hį»™i đį»“ng TrĘ°į»ng ...
Kįŗæt quįŗ£ tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An năm hį»c 2016 - 2017 hį»™i đį»“ng TrĘ°į»ng ...
Ā 
Tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2017
Tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2017Tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2017
Tuyį»ƒn sinh 10 trĘ°į»ng THPT Trį»‹ An 2017
Ā 
Đį» thi thį»­ tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia năm 2015 mĆ“n Tiįŗæng Anh sį»Ÿ gd & đt tp Hį»“ ChĆ­ Minh
Đį» thi thį»­ tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia năm 2015 mĆ“n Tiįŗæng Anh sį»Ÿ gd & đt tp Hį»“ ChĆ­ MinhĐį» thi thį»­ tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia năm 2015 mĆ“n Tiįŗæng Anh sį»Ÿ gd & đt tp Hį»“ ChĆ­ Minh
Đį» thi thį»­ tį»‘t nghiį»‡p quį»‘c gia năm 2015 mĆ“n Tiįŗæng Anh sį»Ÿ gd & đt tp Hį»“ ChĆ­ Minh
Ā 
Ktra 1 tiet lan 4 tieng anh 10 tri an 2010
Ktra 1 tiet lan 4 tieng anh 10 tri an 2010Ktra 1 tiet lan 4 tieng anh 10 tri an 2010
Ktra 1 tiet lan 4 tieng anh 10 tri an 2010
Ā 
Cau truc de thi av tnqg 2015
Cau truc de thi av tnqg 2015Cau truc de thi av tnqg 2015
Cau truc de thi av tnqg 2015
Ā 
[Thaytro.net] morphology
[Thaytro.net] morphology[Thaytro.net] morphology
[Thaytro.net] morphology
Ā 

Recently uploaded

C1 Rubenstein AP HuG xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.pptx
C1 Rubenstein AP HuG xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.pptxC1 Rubenstein AP HuG xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.pptx
C1 Rubenstein AP HuG xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.pptx
mulvey2
Ā 
BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ TIįŗ¾NG ANH 8 Cįŗ¢ NĂM - GLOBAL SUCCESS - NĂM Hį»ŒC 2023-2024 (CƓ FI...
BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ TIįŗ¾NG ANH 8 Cįŗ¢ NĂM - GLOBAL SUCCESS - NĂM Hį»ŒC 2023-2024 (CƓ FI...BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ TIįŗ¾NG ANH 8 Cįŗ¢ NĂM - GLOBAL SUCCESS - NĂM Hį»ŒC 2023-2024 (CƓ FI...
BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ TIįŗ¾NG ANH 8 Cįŗ¢ NĂM - GLOBAL SUCCESS - NĂM Hį»ŒC 2023-2024 (CƓ FI...
Nguyen Thanh Tu Collection
Ā 
Chapter 4 - Islamic Financial Institutions in Malaysia.pptx
Chapter 4 - Islamic Financial Institutions in Malaysia.pptxChapter 4 - Islamic Financial Institutions in Malaysia.pptx
Chapter 4 - Islamic Financial Institutions in Malaysia.pptx
Mohd Adib Abd Muin, Senior Lecturer at Universiti Utara Malaysia
Ā 
How to Build a Module in Odoo 17 Using the Scaffold Method
How to Build a Module in Odoo 17 Using the Scaffold MethodHow to Build a Module in Odoo 17 Using the Scaffold Method
How to Build a Module in Odoo 17 Using the Scaffold Method
Celine George
Ā 
Digital Artifact 1 - 10VCD Environments Unit
Digital Artifact 1 - 10VCD Environments UnitDigital Artifact 1 - 10VCD Environments Unit
Digital Artifact 1 - 10VCD Environments Unit
chanes7
Ā 
Main Java[All of the Base Concepts}.docx
Main Java[All of the Base Concepts}.docxMain Java[All of the Base Concepts}.docx
Main Java[All of the Base Concepts}.docx
adhitya5119
Ā 
How to Fix the Import Error in the Odoo 17
How to Fix the Import Error in the Odoo 17How to Fix the Import Error in the Odoo 17
How to Fix the Import Error in the Odoo 17
Celine George
Ā 
Life upper-Intermediate B2 Workbook for student
Life upper-Intermediate B2 Workbook for studentLife upper-Intermediate B2 Workbook for student
Life upper-Intermediate B2 Workbook for student
NgcHiNguyn25
Ā 
How to Add Chatter in the odoo 17 ERP Module
How to Add Chatter in the odoo 17 ERP ModuleHow to Add Chatter in the odoo 17 ERP Module
How to Add Chatter in the odoo 17 ERP Module
Celine George
Ā 
The simplified electron and muon model, Oscillating Spacetime: The Foundation...
The simplified electron and muon model, Oscillating Spacetime: The Foundation...The simplified electron and muon model, Oscillating Spacetime: The Foundation...
The simplified electron and muon model, Oscillating Spacetime: The Foundation...
RitikBhardwaj56
Ā 
The basics of sentences session 5pptx.pptx
The basics of sentences session 5pptx.pptxThe basics of sentences session 5pptx.pptx
The basics of sentences session 5pptx.pptx
heathfieldcps1
Ā 
The basics of sentences session 6pptx.pptx
The basics of sentences session 6pptx.pptxThe basics of sentences session 6pptx.pptx
The basics of sentences session 6pptx.pptx
heathfieldcps1
Ā 
The Diamonds of 2023-2024 in the IGRA collection
The Diamonds of 2023-2024 in the IGRA collectionThe Diamonds of 2023-2024 in the IGRA collection
The Diamonds of 2023-2024 in the IGRA collection
Israel Genealogy Research Association
Ā 
Azure Interview Questions and Answers PDF By ScholarHat
Azure Interview Questions and Answers PDF By ScholarHatAzure Interview Questions and Answers PDF By ScholarHat
Azure Interview Questions and Answers PDF By ScholarHat
Scholarhat
Ā 
A Strategic Approach: GenAI in Education
A Strategic Approach: GenAI in EducationA Strategic Approach: GenAI in Education
A Strategic Approach: GenAI in Education
Peter Windle
Ā 
DRUGS AND ITS classification slide share
DRUGS AND ITS classification slide shareDRUGS AND ITS classification slide share
DRUGS AND ITS classification slide share
taiba qazi
Ā 
MARY JANE WILSON, A ā€œBOA MƃEā€ .
MARY JANE WILSON, A ā€œBOA MƃEā€           .MARY JANE WILSON, A ā€œBOA MƃEā€           .
MARY JANE WILSON, A ā€œBOA MƃEā€ .
ColƩgio Santa Teresinha
Ā 
Exploiting Artificial Intelligence for Empowering Researchers and Faculty, In...
Exploiting Artificial Intelligence for Empowering Researchers and Faculty, In...Exploiting Artificial Intelligence for Empowering Researchers and Faculty, In...
Exploiting Artificial Intelligence for Empowering Researchers and Faculty, In...
Dr. Vinod Kumar Kanvaria
Ā 
S1-Introduction-Biopesticides in ICM.pptx
S1-Introduction-Biopesticides in ICM.pptxS1-Introduction-Biopesticides in ICM.pptx
S1-Introduction-Biopesticides in ICM.pptx
tarandeep35
Ā 
ą¦¬ą¦¾ą¦‚ą¦²ą¦¾ą¦¦ą§‡ą¦¶ ą¦…ą¦°ą§ą¦„ą¦Øą§ˆą¦¤ą¦æą¦• ą¦øą¦®ą§€ą¦•ą§ą¦·ą¦¾ (Economic Review) ą§Øą§¦ą§Øą§Ŗ UJS App.pdf
ą¦¬ą¦¾ą¦‚ą¦²ą¦¾ą¦¦ą§‡ą¦¶ ą¦…ą¦°ą§ą¦„ą¦Øą§ˆą¦¤ą¦æą¦• ą¦øą¦®ą§€ą¦•ą§ą¦·ą¦¾ (Economic Review) ą§Øą§¦ą§Øą§Ŗ UJS App.pdfą¦¬ą¦¾ą¦‚ą¦²ą¦¾ą¦¦ą§‡ą¦¶ ą¦…ą¦°ą§ą¦„ą¦Øą§ˆą¦¤ą¦æą¦• ą¦øą¦®ą§€ą¦•ą§ą¦·ą¦¾ (Economic Review) ą§Øą§¦ą§Øą§Ŗ UJS App.pdf
ą¦¬ą¦¾ą¦‚ą¦²ą¦¾ą¦¦ą§‡ą¦¶ ą¦…ą¦°ą§ą¦„ą¦Øą§ˆą¦¤ą¦æą¦• ą¦øą¦®ą§€ą¦•ą§ą¦·ą¦¾ (Economic Review) ą§Øą§¦ą§Øą§Ŗ UJS App.pdf
eBook.com.bd (ą¦Ŗą§ą¦°ą¦Æą¦¼ą§‹ą¦œą¦Øą§€ą¦Æą¦¼ ą¦¬ą¦¾ą¦‚ą¦²ą¦¾ ą¦¬ą¦‡)
Ā 

Recently uploaded (20)

C1 Rubenstein AP HuG xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.pptx
C1 Rubenstein AP HuG xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.pptxC1 Rubenstein AP HuG xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.pptx
C1 Rubenstein AP HuG xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.pptx
Ā 
BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ TIįŗ¾NG ANH 8 Cįŗ¢ NĂM - GLOBAL SUCCESS - NĂM Hį»ŒC 2023-2024 (CƓ FI...
BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ TIįŗ¾NG ANH 8 Cįŗ¢ NĂM - GLOBAL SUCCESS - NĂM Hį»ŒC 2023-2024 (CƓ FI...BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ TIįŗ¾NG ANH 8 Cįŗ¢ NĂM - GLOBAL SUCCESS - NĂM Hį»ŒC 2023-2024 (CƓ FI...
BƀI Tįŗ¬P Bį»” TRį»¢ TIįŗ¾NG ANH 8 Cįŗ¢ NĂM - GLOBAL SUCCESS - NĂM Hį»ŒC 2023-2024 (CƓ FI...
Ā 
Chapter 4 - Islamic Financial Institutions in Malaysia.pptx
Chapter 4 - Islamic Financial Institutions in Malaysia.pptxChapter 4 - Islamic Financial Institutions in Malaysia.pptx
Chapter 4 - Islamic Financial Institutions in Malaysia.pptx
Ā 
How to Build a Module in Odoo 17 Using the Scaffold Method
How to Build a Module in Odoo 17 Using the Scaffold MethodHow to Build a Module in Odoo 17 Using the Scaffold Method
How to Build a Module in Odoo 17 Using the Scaffold Method
Ā 
Digital Artifact 1 - 10VCD Environments Unit
Digital Artifact 1 - 10VCD Environments UnitDigital Artifact 1 - 10VCD Environments Unit
Digital Artifact 1 - 10VCD Environments Unit
Ā 
Main Java[All of the Base Concepts}.docx
Main Java[All of the Base Concepts}.docxMain Java[All of the Base Concepts}.docx
Main Java[All of the Base Concepts}.docx
Ā 
How to Fix the Import Error in the Odoo 17
How to Fix the Import Error in the Odoo 17How to Fix the Import Error in the Odoo 17
How to Fix the Import Error in the Odoo 17
Ā 
Life upper-Intermediate B2 Workbook for student
Life upper-Intermediate B2 Workbook for studentLife upper-Intermediate B2 Workbook for student
Life upper-Intermediate B2 Workbook for student
Ā 
How to Add Chatter in the odoo 17 ERP Module
How to Add Chatter in the odoo 17 ERP ModuleHow to Add Chatter in the odoo 17 ERP Module
How to Add Chatter in the odoo 17 ERP Module
Ā 
The simplified electron and muon model, Oscillating Spacetime: The Foundation...
The simplified electron and muon model, Oscillating Spacetime: The Foundation...The simplified electron and muon model, Oscillating Spacetime: The Foundation...
The simplified electron and muon model, Oscillating Spacetime: The Foundation...
Ā 
The basics of sentences session 5pptx.pptx
The basics of sentences session 5pptx.pptxThe basics of sentences session 5pptx.pptx
The basics of sentences session 5pptx.pptx
Ā 
The basics of sentences session 6pptx.pptx
The basics of sentences session 6pptx.pptxThe basics of sentences session 6pptx.pptx
The basics of sentences session 6pptx.pptx
Ā 
The Diamonds of 2023-2024 in the IGRA collection
The Diamonds of 2023-2024 in the IGRA collectionThe Diamonds of 2023-2024 in the IGRA collection
The Diamonds of 2023-2024 in the IGRA collection
Ā 
Azure Interview Questions and Answers PDF By ScholarHat
Azure Interview Questions and Answers PDF By ScholarHatAzure Interview Questions and Answers PDF By ScholarHat
Azure Interview Questions and Answers PDF By ScholarHat
Ā 
A Strategic Approach: GenAI in Education
A Strategic Approach: GenAI in EducationA Strategic Approach: GenAI in Education
A Strategic Approach: GenAI in Education
Ā 
DRUGS AND ITS classification slide share
DRUGS AND ITS classification slide shareDRUGS AND ITS classification slide share
DRUGS AND ITS classification slide share
Ā 
MARY JANE WILSON, A ā€œBOA MƃEā€ .
MARY JANE WILSON, A ā€œBOA MƃEā€           .MARY JANE WILSON, A ā€œBOA MƃEā€           .
MARY JANE WILSON, A ā€œBOA MƃEā€ .
Ā 
Exploiting Artificial Intelligence for Empowering Researchers and Faculty, In...
Exploiting Artificial Intelligence for Empowering Researchers and Faculty, In...Exploiting Artificial Intelligence for Empowering Researchers and Faculty, In...
Exploiting Artificial Intelligence for Empowering Researchers and Faculty, In...
Ā 
S1-Introduction-Biopesticides in ICM.pptx
S1-Introduction-Biopesticides in ICM.pptxS1-Introduction-Biopesticides in ICM.pptx
S1-Introduction-Biopesticides in ICM.pptx
Ā 
ą¦¬ą¦¾ą¦‚ą¦²ą¦¾ą¦¦ą§‡ą¦¶ ą¦…ą¦°ą§ą¦„ą¦Øą§ˆą¦¤ą¦æą¦• ą¦øą¦®ą§€ą¦•ą§ą¦·ą¦¾ (Economic Review) ą§Øą§¦ą§Øą§Ŗ UJS App.pdf
ą¦¬ą¦¾ą¦‚ą¦²ą¦¾ą¦¦ą§‡ą¦¶ ą¦…ą¦°ą§ą¦„ą¦Øą§ˆą¦¤ą¦æą¦• ą¦øą¦®ą§€ą¦•ą§ą¦·ą¦¾ (Economic Review) ą§Øą§¦ą§Øą§Ŗ UJS App.pdfą¦¬ą¦¾ą¦‚ą¦²ą¦¾ą¦¦ą§‡ą¦¶ ą¦…ą¦°ą§ą¦„ą¦Øą§ˆą¦¤ą¦æą¦• ą¦øą¦®ą§€ą¦•ą§ą¦·ą¦¾ (Economic Review) ą§Øą§¦ą§Øą§Ŗ UJS App.pdf
ą¦¬ą¦¾ą¦‚ą¦²ą¦¾ą¦¦ą§‡ą¦¶ ą¦…ą¦°ą§ą¦„ą¦Øą§ˆą¦¤ą¦æą¦• ą¦øą¦®ą§€ą¦•ą§ą¦·ą¦¾ (Economic Review) ą§Øą§¦ą§Øą§Ŗ UJS App.pdf
Ā 

Ngu phap tieng anh pho thong thaytro.net

  • 1. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 1 BaĆøi 1: THƌ CUƛA ƑOƄNG TƖƘ I- HieƤn taĆÆi ƱƓn (Simple Present): 1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp: - CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + V(s/es); S + am/is/are - CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + do/does + not + V; S + am/is/are + not - CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Do/Does + S + V?; Am/Is/Are + S? 2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh: ThƬ hieƤn taĆÆi ƱƓn ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»: 2.1 MoƤt thoĆ¹i quen, moƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng ƱƶƓĆÆc laĆ«p Ʊi laĆ«p laĆÆi thƶƓĆøng xuyeĆ¢n. Trong caĆ¢u thƶƓĆøng coĆ¹ caĆ¹c traĆÆng tƶĆø: always, often, usually, sometimes, seldom, rarely, every day/week/month ā€¦ Ex: Mary often gets up early in the morning. 2.2 MoƤt sƶĆÆ thaƤt luĆ¹c naĆøo cuƵng ƱuĆ¹ng, moƤt chaĆ¢n lyĆ¹. Ex: The sun rises in the east and sets in the west. 2.3 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng trong tƶƓng lai ƱaƵ ƱƶƓĆÆc Ʊƶa vaĆøo chƶƓng trƬnh,keĆ” hoaĆÆch. Ex: The last train leaves at 4.45. II- HieƤn taĆÆi tieĆ”p dieĆ£n (Present Continuous): 1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp: - CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + am/is/are + V-ing - CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + am/is/are + not + V-ing - CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Am/Is/Are + S + V-ing? 2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh: ThƬ hieƤn taĆÆi tieĆ”p dieĆ£n duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»: 2.1 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng Ʊang dieĆ£n ra Ć“Ć» hieƤn taĆÆi (trong luĆ¹c noĆ¹i); sau caĆ¢u meƤnh leƤnh, ƱeĆ  nghĆ². Trong caĆ¢u thƶƓĆøng coĆ¹ caĆ¹c traĆÆng tƶĆø: now, right now, at the moment, at present, ā€¦ Ex: What are you doing at the moment? - Iā€™m writing a letter. Be quiet! My mother is sleeping. 2.2 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng ƱaƵ ƱƶƓĆÆc leĆ¢n keĆ” hoaĆÆch thƶĆÆc hieƤn trong tƶƓng lai gaĆ n. Ex: What are you doing tonight? - I am going to the cinema with my father. 2.3 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng nhaĆ”t thĆ“Ćøi khoĆ¢ng keĆ¹o daĆøi laĆ¢u, thƶƓĆøng duĆøng vĆ“Ć¹i today, this week, this month, these days, ā€¦ Ex: What is your daughter doing these days? ThayTro.Net
  • 2. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 2 - She is studying English at the foreign language center. 3) NhƶƵng ƱoƤng tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng Ć“Ć» thƬ HTTD: 3.1 ƑoƤng tƶĆø chƦ giaĆ¹c quan: hear, see, smell, taste 3.2 ƑoƤng tƶĆø chƦ tƬnh caĆ»m, caĆ»m xuĆ¹c: love, hate, like, dislike, want, wish 3.3 ƑoƤng tƶĆø chƦ traĆÆng thaĆ¹i, sƶĆÆ lieĆ¢n heƤ, sĆ“Ć» hƶƵu: look, seem, appear, have, own, belong to, need, ā€¦ 3.4 ƑoƤng tƶĆø chƦ sinh hoaĆÆt trĆ­ tueƤ: agree, understand, remember, know, ā€¦ III- HieƤn taĆÆi hoaĆøn thaĆønh (Present Perfect): 1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp: - CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + have/has+ V3/ed - CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + have/has + not + V3/ed - CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Have/Has + S + V3/ed? 2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh: ThƬ HTHT duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»: 2.1 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng xaĆ»y ra trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ khoĆ¢ng xaĆ¹c Ć±Ć²nh roƵ thĆ“Ćøi ƱieĆ„m. Ex: Have you had breakfast? ā€“ No, I havenā€™t. 2.2 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng xaĆ»y ra trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹, coĆøn keĆ¹o daĆøi ƱeĆ”n hieƤn taĆÆi. Ex: My friend Nam has lived in HCMC since 1998. 2.3 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng vƶĆøa mĆ“Ć¹i xaĆ»y ra. Ex: I have just finished my homework. 2.4 Trong caĆ”u truĆ¹c: Be + the first/secondā€¦ time + S + have/has + V3/ed Be + the ss nhaĆ”t + N + S + have/has + V3/ed Ex: This is the first time I have been to Paris. She is the most honest person I have ever met. 3) CaĆ¹c traĆÆng tƶĆø thƶƓĆøng duĆøng vĆ“Ć¹i thƬ HTHT: just (vƶĆøa mĆ“Ć¹i), recently/lately (gaĆ n ƱaĆ¢y), ever (ƱaƵ tƶĆøng), never (chƶa bao giĆ“Ćø), yet (chƶa), already (roĆ i), since (tƶĆø khi ā€“ moĆ”c thĆ“Ćøi gian), for (khoaĆ»ng), so far/until now/up to now/up to the present (cho ƱeĆ”n baĆ¢y giĆ“Ćø) IV- HieƤn taĆÆi hoaĆøn thaĆønh tieĆ”p dieĆ£n (Present Perfect Continuous): 1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp: - CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + have/has+ been + V-ing - CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + have/has + not + been + V-ing - CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Have/Has + S + been + V-ing? 2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh: ThayTro.Net
  • 3. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 3 ThƬ HTHTTD ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»: * HaĆønh ƱoƤng baĆ©t ƱaĆ u trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ vaĆø keĆ¹o daĆøi LIEƂN TUƏC ƱeĆ”n hieƤn taĆÆi vaĆø coĆøn tieĆ”p dieĆ£n ƱeĆ”n tƶƓng lai, thƶƓĆøng duĆøng vĆ“Ć¹i How long, since vaĆø for. Ex: How long have you been waiting for her? - I have been waiting for her for an hour. * HTHT: haĆønh ƱoƤng hoaĆøn taĆ”t HTHTTD: haĆønh ƱoƤng coĆøn tieĆ”p tuĆÆc V- QuaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ ƱƓn (Simple Past): 1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp: - CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + V2/ed; S + was/were - CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + did + not + V; S + was/were + not - CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Did + S + V?; Was/Were + S? 2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh: ThƬ QKƑ duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ» haĆønh ƱoƤng ƱaƵ xaĆ»y ra vaĆø hoaĆøn taĆ”t trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ vĆ“Ć¹i thĆ“Ćøi gian ƱƶƓĆÆc xaĆ¹c Ć±Ć²nh roƵ. CaĆ¹c traĆÆng tƶĆø thƶƓĆøng Ʊi keĆøm: yesterday, ago, last week/month/year, in the past, in 1990, ā€¦ Ex: Uncle Ho passed away in 1969. VI- QuaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ tieĆ”p dieĆ£n (Past Continuous): 1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp: - CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + was/were + V-ing - CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + was/were + not + V-ing - CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Was/Were + S + V-ing? 2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh: ThƬ QKTD duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»: 2.1 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng xaĆ»y ra (vaĆø keĆ¹o daĆøi) vaĆøo moƤt thĆ“Ćøi ƱieĆ„m hoaĆ«c moƤt khoaĆ»ng thĆ“Ćøi gian trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹. Ex: She was studying her lesson at 7 last night. What were you doing from 3pm to 6pm yesterday? - I was practising English at that time. 2.2 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng Ʊang xaĆ»y ra (V-ing) Ć“Ć» quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ thƬ coĆ¹ moƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng khaĆ¹c xen vaĆøo (V2/ed). Ex: He was sleeping when I came. While my mother was cooking dinner, the phone rang. 2.3 Hai haĆønh ƱoƤng dieĆ£n ra song song cuĆøng luĆ¹c trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹. ThayTro.Net
  • 4. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 4 Ex: While I was doing my homework, my younger brother was playing video games. VII- QuaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ hoaĆøn thaĆønh (Past Perfect): 1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp: - CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + had + V3/ed - CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + had+ not + V3/ed - CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Had + S + V3/ed? 2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh: ThƬ QKHT duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»: 2.1 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng xaĆ»y ra vaĆø hoaĆøn taĆ”t trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c moƤt thĆ“Ćøi ƱieĆ„m hoaĆ«c moƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng khaĆ¹c trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ (haĆønh ƱoƤng trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c duĆøng HAD + V3/ed, haĆønh ƱoƤng sau duĆøng V2/ed). Ex: We had had dinner before eight oā€™clock last night. Lucie had learned English before she came to England. 2.2 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng ƱaƵ xaĆ»y ra nhƶng chƶa hoaĆøn thaĆønh, tĆ­nh ƱeĆ”n moƤt thĆ“Ćøi ƱieĆ„m naĆøo ƱoĆ¹ trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹. Ex: By the time I left that school, I had taught there for ten years. (TĆ“Ć¹i luĆ¹c toĆ¢i rĆ“Ćøi ngoĆ¢i trƶƓĆøng aĆ”y, toĆ¢i ƱaƵ daĆÆy ƱƶƓĆÆc 10 naĆŖm.) 3) ThƬ naĆøy thƶƓĆøng ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng vĆ“Ć¹i caĆ¹c tƶĆø, ngƶƵ sau ƱaĆ¢y: * After, before, when, as, once Ex: When I got to the station, the train had already left. * No sooner ā€¦ than (vƶĆøa mĆ“Ć¹i ā€¦ thƬ) Hardly/Scarely ā€¦ when (vƶĆøa mĆ“Ć¹i ā€¦ thƬ) Ex: He had no sooner returned from abroad than he fell ill. ---> No sooner had he returned from abroad than he fell ill. (Anh aĆ”y vƶĆøa mĆ“Ć¹i trĆ“Ć» veĆ  tƶĆø nĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c ngoaĆøi thƬ ƱaĆ¢m ra beƤnh.) * It was not until ā€¦ that ā€¦ (maƵi cho tĆ“Ć¹i ā€¦ mĆ“Ć¹i ā€¦) Not until ā€¦ that ā€¦ (maƵi cho tĆ“Ć¹i ā€¦ mĆ“Ć¹i ā€¦) Ex: It was not until I had met her that I understood the problem. ---> Not until I had met her did I understand the problem. (MaƵi tĆ“Ć¹i khi toĆ¢i gaĆ«p coĆ¢ ta, toĆ¢i mĆ“Ć¹i hieĆ„u ƱƶƓĆÆc vaĆ”n ƱeĆ .) VIII- QuaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ hoaĆøn thaĆønh tieĆ”p dieĆ£n (Past Perfect Continuous): 1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp: - CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + had + been + V-ing - CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + had + not + been + V-ing ThayTro.Net
  • 5. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 5 - CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Had + S + been + not + V-ing? 2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh: ThƬ QKHTTD duĆøng ƱeĆ„ nhaĆ”n maĆÆnh tĆ­nh LIEƂN TUƏC cuĆ»a haĆønh ƱoƤng cho ƱeĆ”n khi moƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng khaĆ¹c xaĆ»y ra trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹. Ex: When she arrived, I had been waiting for three hours. IX- TƶƓng lai ƱƓn (Simple Future): 1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp: - CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + V - CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + not + V - CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Will/Shall + S + V? 2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh: ThƬ TLƑ duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»: 2.1 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng seƵ xaĆ»y ra trong tƶƓng lai. Ex: I will call you tomorrow. 2.2 MoƤt quyeĆ”t Ć±Ć²nh Ʊƶa ra vaĆøo luĆ¹c noĆ¹i. Ex: Itā€™s cold. Iā€™ll shut the window. 2.3 MoƤt quyeĆ”t taĆ¢m, lĆ“Ćøi hĆ¶Ć¹a, ƱeĆ  nghĆ², yeĆ¢u caĆ u. Ex: I will lend you the money. Will you marry me? 2.4 MoƤt tieĆ¢n ƱoaĆ¹n, dƶĆÆ baĆ¹o trong tƶƓng lai. Ex: People will travel to Mars one day. 3) MoƤt soĆ” traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian thƶƓĆøng gaĆ«p: tomorrow, tonight, next week/month/year, some day, in the future, ā€¦ * LƖU Yƙ: CaĆ¹ch duĆøng cuĆ»a be going to + V: + DieĆ£n taĆ» yĆ¹ Ć±Ć²nh (khoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ trong keĆ” hoaĆÆch) Ex: I have saved some money. I am going to buy a new computer. (ToĆ¢i ƱaƵ ƱeĆ„ daĆønh ƱƶƓĆÆc moƤt Ć­t tieĆ n. ToĆ¢i Ć±Ć²nh mua moƤt maĆ¹y vi tĆ­nh mĆ“Ć¹i.) + DieĆ£n taĆ» moƤt dƶĆÆ Ć±oaĆ¹n coĆ¹ caĆŖn cĆ¶Ć¹ Ex: Look at those clouds. Itā€™s going to rain. (HaƵy nhƬn nhƶƵng ƱaĆ¹m maĆ¢y ƱoĆ¹ kƬa. TrĆ“Ćøi saĆ©p mƶa.) X- TƶƓng lai tieĆ”p dieĆ£n (Future Continuous): 1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp: - CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + be + V-ing - CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + not + be + V-ing - CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Will/Shall + S + be + V-ing? ThayTro.Net
  • 6. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 6 2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh: ThƬ TLTD duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ» moƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng seƵ Ʊang dieĆ£n ra Ć“Ć» moƤt thĆ“Ćøi ƱieĆ„m hay moƤt khoaĆ»ng thĆ“Ćøi gian trong tƶƓng lai. Ex: This time next week I will be playing tennis. Weā€™ll be working hard all day tomorrow. XI- TƶƓng lai hoaĆøn thaĆønh (Future Perfect): 1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp: - CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + have + V3/ed - CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + not + have + V3/ed - CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Will/Shall + S + have + V3/ed? 2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh: ThƬ TLHT duĆøng ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ»: 2.1 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng seƵ hoaĆøn taĆ”t trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c moƤt thĆ“Ćøi ƱieĆ„m trong tƶƓng lai. Ex: Itā€™s now 7pm. I will have finished teaching this class by 8.30. (BaĆ¢y giĆ“Ćø laĆø 7 giĆ“Ćø toĆ”i. ToĆ¢i seƵ daĆÆy xong lĆ“Ć¹p naĆøy luĆ¹c 8g30.) 2.2 MoƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng seƵ hoaĆøn taĆ”t trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c moƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng khaĆ¹c trong tƶƓng lai. Ex: By the time you come back, I will have written this letter. (VaĆøo luĆ¹c anh trĆ“Ć» laĆÆi, toĆ¢i seƵ vieĆ”t xong laĆ¹ thƶ naĆøy.) * ThƬ naĆøy thƶƓĆøng ƱƶƓĆÆc baĆ©t ƱaĆ u baĆØng By + time (By then, By the time, By the end of this week/month/year). XII- TƶƓng lai hoaĆøn thaĆønh tieĆ”p dieĆ£n (Future Perfect Continuous): 1) CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp: - CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + have + been + V-ing - CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh S + will/shall + not + have + been + V-ing - CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i Will/Shall + S + have + been + V-ing? 2) CaĆ¹ch duĆøng chĆ­nh: ThƬ TLHTTD duĆøng ƱeĆ„ nhaĆ”n maĆÆnh tĆ­nh LIEƂN TUƏC cuĆ»a haĆønh ƱoƤng so vĆ“Ć¹i moƤt thĆ“Ćøi ƱieĆ„m naĆøo ƱoĆ¹ hoaĆ«c haĆønh ƱoƤng khaĆ¹c trong tƶƓng lai. Ex: By next month, he will have been working in the office for ten years. When George gets his degree, he will have been studying at Oxford for four years. All things are difficult before they are easy. VaĆÆn sƶĆÆ khĆ“Ć»i ƱaĆ u nan. ThayTro.Net
  • 7. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 7 BaĆøi 2: THEƅ THUƏ ƑOƄNG I- CaĆ¹c bĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c ƱoĆ„i caĆ¢u chuĆ» ƱoƤng sang caĆ¢u bĆ² ƱoƤng: 1) XaĆ¹c Ć±Ć²nh S, V, O trong caĆ¢u chuĆ» ƱoƤng (V coĆ¹ theĆ„ laĆø ƱƓn hoaĆ«c keĆ¹p. NeĆ”u laĆø V keĆ¹p thƬ V cuoĆ”i cuĆøng-V chĆ­nh- ƱƶƓĆÆc ƱoĆ„i thaĆønh V3/ed.) 2) XaĆ¹c Ć±Ć²nh thƬ cuĆ»a ƱoƤng tƶĆø 3) Ƒem O trong caĆ¢u chuĆ» ƱoƤng laĆøm S trong caĆ¢u bĆ² ƱoƤng, Ʊem S trong caĆ¢u chuĆ» ƱoƤng laĆøm O trong caĆ¢u bĆ² ƱoƤng 4) LaĆ”y V chĆ­nh trong caĆ¢u chuĆ» ƱoƤng ƱoĆ„i thaĆønh V3/ed roĆ i theĆ¢m BE thĆ­ch hĆ“ĆÆp trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c V3/ed 5) ƑaĆ«t BY trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c O trong caĆ¢u bĆ² ƱoƤng Ex: (A) The cat ate the mouse. ---> (P) The mouse was eaten by the cat. Trong (A), The cat laĆø S, ate laĆø V chĆ­nh, the mouse laĆø O. Ƒem the mouse laĆøm S vaĆø the cat laĆøm O trong (P). LaĆ”y V chĆ­nh ƱoĆ„i thaĆønh V3 laĆø eaten. Do V chĆ­nh trong (A) Ć“Ć» thƬ quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ ƱƓn vaĆø The mouse trong (P) soĆ” Ć­t neĆ¢n BE phaĆ»i laĆø was. ƑaĆ«t by trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c the cat. * CaĆ”u truĆ¹c cĆ“ baĆ»n cuĆ»a caĆ¢u bĆ² ƱoƤng laĆø BE + V3/ed. Sau khi laĆøm xong, caĆ n kieĆ„m tra laĆÆi coĆ¹ thieĆ”u moƤt trong hai yeĆ”u toĆ” ƱoĆ¹ khoĆ¢ng. II- ƑoƤng tƶĆø trong caĆ¢u chuĆ» ƱoƤng vaĆø bĆ² ƱoƤng: Tenses Examples Simple present Lan cleans the floor every morning. --> The floor is cleaned by Lan every morning. Simple past Nam broke the glasses. --> The glasses were broken by Nam. Present continuous The pupil is not doing some exercises. --> Some exercises are not being done by the pupil. Past continuous Mother was cooking dinner at 6 yesterday. --> Dinner was being cooked by mother at 6 yesterday. Present perfect The secretary has just finished the report. --> The report has just been finished by the secretary. Past perfect The boy had found the key before 9 yesterday. --> The key had been found by the boy before 9 yesterday. Simple future Mr. Brown will not teach our class. --> Our class will not be taught by Mr. Brown. ThayTro.Net
  • 8. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 8 Future perfect The students will have written many compositions. --> Many compositions will have been written by the students. Modal verbs a) The students must do this exercise in class. --> This exercise must be done in class by the students. b) We ought to overcome these difficulties. --> These difficulties ought to be overcome. III- MoƤt soĆ” ƱieĆ„m caĆ n lƶu yĆ¹: 1) CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i chuĆ» ƱoƤng vaĆø bĆ² ƱoƤng: (A) Did your father make this chair? ---> (P) Was this chair made by your father? (A) Who repaired your bicycle? ---> (P) Whom was your bicycle repaired by? (By whom was your bicycle repaired?) (A) What plays did Shakespeare write? ---> (P) What plays were written by Shakespeare? 2) LƶƓĆÆc boĆ» tuĆ¹c tƶĆø trong caĆ¢u bĆ² ƱoƤng: NeĆ”u chuĆ» tƶĆø trong caĆ¢u chuĆ» ƱoƤng KHOƂNG chƦ roƵ laĆø ngƶƓĆøi hay vaƤt cuĆÆ theĆ„, roƵ raĆøng (people, someone, every one, no one, any one, I, we, you, they, s/he, it) thƬ khi ƱoĆ„i sang caĆ¢u bĆ² ƱoƤng (by people /someone / every one / no one / any one / me / us / you / them / her / him / it) coĆ¹ theĆ„ ƱƶƓĆÆc boĆ» Ʊi. Ex: (A) People built that bridge in 1998. ---> (P) That bridge was built in 1998. 3) ƑoƤng tƶĆø coĆ¹ hai tuĆ¹c tƶĆø: 3.1 ƑoƤng tƶĆø caĆ n giĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø TO: give, lend, send, show, ā€¦ (A) John will give me this book. (=John will give this book to me.) ---> (P1) I will be given this book by John. ---> (P2) This book will be given to me by John. 3.2 ƑoƤng tƶĆø caĆ n giĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø FOR: buy, make, get, ā€¦ (A) He bought her a rose. (=He bought a rose for her.) ---> (P1) She was bought a rose. ---> (P2) A rose was bought for her. 4) MoƤt soĆ” daĆÆng bĆ² ƱoƤng khaĆ¹c: 4.1 CaĆ”u truĆ¹c They/People say/think/believeā€¦ that ā€¦ - (A) People say that Henry eats ten eggs a day. ---> (P1) It is said that Henry eats ten eggs a day.
  • 9. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 9 ---> (P2) Henry is said to eat ten eggs a day. - (A) They thought that Mary had gone away. ---> (P1) It was thought that Mary had gone away. ---> (P2) Mary was thought to have gone away. 4.2 CaĆ”u truĆ¹c HAVE / GET + something + V3/ed - (A) I had him repair my car. ---> (P) I had my car repaired (by him). - (A) I get her to make some coffee. ---> (P) I get some coffee made (by her). Time is gold. ThĆ“Ćøi gian laĆø vaĆøng. BaĆøi 3: SƖƏ HOAƘ HƔƏP GIƖƕA CHUƛ TƖƘ VAƘ ƑOƄNG TƖƘ I- NhƶƵng trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp ƱoƤng tƶĆø chia daĆÆng soĆ” Ć­t: NeĆ”u chuĆ» tƶĆø thuoƤc caĆ¹c trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp sau thƬ ƱoƤng tƶĆø chia daĆÆng soĆ” Ć­t. 1) Danh tƶĆø ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc soĆ” Ć­t hoaĆ«c danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc: - Mary lives in China. - Milk is my favorite drink. 2) Danh tƶĆø taƤn cuĆøng baĆØng ā€œSā€ mang nghĆ³a soĆ” Ć­t: news, mathematics (maths), economics, linguistics, politics, statistics, physics, phonetics, aerobics, athletics, gymnastics, measles, mumps, rickets, diabetes, the Philippines, the United States, ā€¦ - The news is interesting. 3) ƑaĆÆi tƶĆø baĆ”t Ć±Ć²nh: every/any/no/some + body/one/thing - Someone is kbocking at the door. 4) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  baĆ©t ƱaĆ u baĆØng THAT/WHAT/WHERE/WHENā€¦ hoaĆ«c cuĆÆm tƶĆø baĆ©t ƱaĆ u baĆØng TO V/V-ing: - That you get high marks does not surprise me. - To master English is not easy. - Growing flowers was her hobby when she was young. 5) TƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian, khoaĆ»ng caĆ¹ch, tieĆ n baĆÆc, Ʊo lƶƓĆøng, theĆ„ tĆ­ch: - Eight hours of sleep a day is enough. - Five kilometers is not a long distance. ThayTro.Net
  • 10. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 10 - Twenty dollars is too much to pay for that stuff. 6) TƶĆø Ć±Ć²nh lƶƓĆÆng + N mang nghĆ³a soĆ” Ć­t: - Each of the children has a toy. - One of my friends is coming. II- NhƶƵng trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp ƱoƤng tƶĆø chia daĆÆng soĆ” nhieĆ u: NeĆ”u chuĆ» tƶĆø thuoƤc caĆ¹c trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp sau thƬ ƱoƤng tƶĆø chia daĆÆng soĆ” nhieĆ u. 1) Danh tƶĆø ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc soĆ” nhieĆ u: - Engineers are key figures in our life. 2) CaĆ¹c danh tƶĆø khaĆ¹c nhau keĆ”t hĆ“ĆÆp baĆØng AND: - Scientists and engineers are very important. 3) TƶĆø Ć±Ć²nh lƶƓĆÆng + N mang nghĆ³a soĆ” nhieĆ u: - Most of the students here work very hard. - Some books I read last week are written by a famous writer. 4) Danh tƶĆø luoĆ¢n Ć“Ć» daĆÆng soĆ” nhieĆ u: people, police, cattle, poultry, military, goods, clothes, scissors, glasses,ā€¦ - The police have arrested the robbers. - Sun glasses are used to protect your eyes from the sunlight. * ChuĆ¹ yĆ¹: A pair of scissors is helpful in this case. 5) The + Adj chƦ danh tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u: the rich/poor, the young/old/elderly, the homeless, the handicapped, the blind/deaf/mute, the English/Chinese/Vietnamese,ā€¦ - The poor have many problems. III- NhƶƵng trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp caĆ n lƶu yĆ¹: 1) Khi caĆ¹c chuĆ» tƶĆø ƱƶƓĆÆc noĆ”i vĆ“Ć¹i nhau bĆ“Ć»i as well as, with, along with hoaĆ«c together with, ƱoƤng tƶĆø seƵ hoaĆø hĆ“ĆÆp vĆ“Ć¹i chuĆ» tƶĆø thĆ¶Ć¹ nhaĆ”t. - The students, as well as their teacher, have not come yet. - The teacher, as well as his students, has not come yet. 2) Khi caĆ¹c chuĆ» tƶĆø ƱƶƓĆÆc noĆ”i vĆ“Ć¹i nhau bĆ“Ć»i either ā€¦ or, neither ā€¦ nor, hoaĆ«c not only ā€¦ but also ƱoƤng tƶĆø seƵ hoaĆø hĆ“ĆÆp vĆ“Ć¹i chuĆ» tƶĆø gaĆ n nhaĆ”t. - Neither she nor her friends have arrived. - Not only the dogs but also the cat is mine. 3) A number of + N soĆ” nhieĆ u ā€“ ƱoƤng tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u, The number of + N soĆ” nhieĆ u ā€“ ƱoƤng tƶĆø soĆ” Ć­t: - A number of applicants have been interviewed. (NhieĆ u) - The number of days in a week is seven. (SoĆ” lƶƓĆÆng) ThayTro.Net
  • 11. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 11 4) ChuĆ» tƶĆø laĆø danh tƶĆø taƤp hĆ“ĆÆp: family, class, crowd, group, club, association, company, team, ā€¦ 4.1 Xem nhƶ MOƄT ƑƔN Vƒ - ƱoƤng tƶĆø soĆ” Ć­t: - My family has three members. 4.2 ƑeĆ  caƤp ƱeĆ”n TƖƘNG CAƙ NHAƂN - ƱoƤng tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u: - My family were watching TV at 7 yesterday. Health is better than wealth. SĆ¶Ć¹c khoeĆ» laĆø vaĆøng. BaĆøi 4: CAƂU NOƙI TRƖƏC TIEƁP VAƘ GIAƙN TIEƁP I- ƑoƤng tƶĆø tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt Ć“Ć» thƬ hieƤn taĆÆi hoaĆ«c tƶƓng lai: NeĆ”u ƱoƤng tƶĆø tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt Ć“Ć» thƬ HIEƄN TAƏI hoaĆ«c TƖƔNG LAI, ta chƦ ƱoĆ„i NGOƂI nhƶ sau: 1) ƑoĆ„i ngoĆ¢i thĆ¶Ć¹ NHAƁT phuĆø hĆ“ĆÆp vĆ“Ć¹i CHUƛ TƖƘ trong meƤnh ƱeĆ  chĆ­nh 2) ƑoĆ„i ngoĆ¢i thĆ¶Ć¹ HAI phuĆø hĆ“ĆÆp vĆ“Ć¹i TUƙC TƖƘ trong meƤnh ƱeĆ  chĆ­nh 3) NgoĆ¢i thĆ¶Ć¹ BA khoĆ¢ng ƱoĆ„i Ex: He says to me, ā€œI and you will go with her father tomorrow.ā€ ---> He tells me (that) he and I will go with her father tomorrow. * ChuĆ¹ yĆ¹: say to ---> tell II- ƑoƤng tƶĆø tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt Ć“Ć» thƬ quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹: NeĆ”u ƱoƤng tƶĆø tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt Ć“Ć» thƬ quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹, ta ƱoĆ„i ba yeĆ”u toĆ” laĆø ngoĆ¢i, thƬ cuĆ»a ƱoƤng tƶĆø vaĆø traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian vaĆø nĆ“i choĆ”n. 1) NgoĆ¢i: (nhƶ treĆ¢n) 2) ThƬ cuĆ»a ƱoƤng tƶĆø: V1 ---> V2/ed V2/ed ---> had + V3/ed can ---> could will ---> would shall ---> should may ---> might must ---> had to 3) TraĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian vaĆø nĆ“i choĆ”n: today ---> that day tonight ---> that night now ---> then ago ---> before yesterday ---> the day before last week ---> the week before next week ---> the week after tomorrow ---> the day after this ---> that these ---> those here ---> there
  • 12. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 12 Ex: She said to me, ā€œI met your brother yesterday.ā€ ---> She told me that she had met my brother the day before. III- CaĆ¹c daĆÆng caĆ¢u tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt: 1) CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh vaĆø phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh: ƑoƤng tƶĆø tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt thƶƓĆøng laĆø said/told. Ex1: He said, ā€œI have seen her today.ā€ ---> He said (that) he had seen her that day. Ex2: The teacher said to Peter, ā€œThe prize was not given to you.ā€ ---> The teacher told Peter (that) the prize had not been given to him. * ChuĆ¹ yĆ¹: said to ---> told 2) CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i: ƑoƤng tƶĆø tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt thƶƓĆøng laĆø asked/wondered/wanted to know (hoĆ»i/tƶĆÆ hoĆ»i/muoĆ”n bieĆ”t). 2.1 Y/N: Ex1: She asked me, ā€œDo you like him?ā€ ---> She asked me if I liked him. Ex2: He said, ā€œCan you speak English, Nam?ā€ ---> He asked Nam whether he could speak English. 2.2 WH-: Ex1: He said, ā€œWhat is her name?ā€ ---> He asked what her name was. Ex2: She said to him, ā€œWhere do you live?ā€ ---> She asked him where he lived. * ChuĆ¹ yĆ¹ traƤt tƶĆÆ cuĆ»a S vaĆø V: CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i trƶĆÆc tieĆ”p ---> CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i giaĆ¹n tieĆ”p - Y/N: ā€œV + S?ā€ if/whether + S + V - WH-: ā€œWH- + V + S?ā€ WH- + S + V * said to ---> asked 3) CaĆ¢u meƤnh leƤnh: ƑoƤng tƶĆø tƶƓĆøng thuaƤt thƶƓĆøng laĆø told/asked/ordered (baĆ»o/yeĆ¢u caĆ u/ra leƤnh). 3.1 KhaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh: Ex: The teacher said, ā€œGo to the board, John.ā€ ---> The teacher told John to go to the board. 3.2 PhuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh: Ex: Nam said to his friend, ā€œDonā€™t shut the door.ā€
  • 13. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 13 ---> Nam asked his friend not to shut the door. Many a little makes a mickle. GoĆ¹p gioĆ¹ thaĆønh baƵo. BaĆøi 5: CAƂU ƑIEƀU KIEƄN VAƘ CAƂU AO ƖƔƙC I- CaĆ¢u ƱieĆ u kieƤn: 1) Ba loaĆÆi caĆ¢u ƱieĆ u kieƤn: 1.1 LoaĆÆi moƤt: DieĆ£n taĆ» ƱieĆ u kieƤn COƙ THEƅ XAƛY RA Ć“Ć» hieƤn taĆÆi hoaĆ«c tƶƓng lai. Ex: If it rains heavily, I will stay at home. 1.2 LoaĆÆi hai: DieĆ£n taĆ» ƱieĆ u kieƤn KHOƂNG THEƅ XAƛY RA Ć“Ć» hieƤn taĆÆi hoaĆ«c tƶƓng lai. Ex1: I would buy a new bicycle if I had enough money. (HieƤn taĆÆi toĆ¢i khoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ ƱuĆ» tieĆ n.) Ex2: If I were a king, you would be a queen. (ToĆ¢i khoĆ¢ng theĆ„ laĆø vua.) 1.3 LoaĆÆi ba: DieĆ£n taĆ» ƱieĆ u kieƤn KHOƂNG THEƅ XAƛY RA Ć“Ć» quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹. Ex: If John had worked harder, he wouldnā€™t have failed his exam. (SƶĆÆ thaƤt laĆø John ƱaƵ khoĆ¢ng chaĆŖm chƦ vaĆø ƱaƵ thi rĆ“Ć¹t.) 2) ToĆ¹m taĆ©t coĆ¢ng thĆ¶Ć¹c: LoaĆÆi IF CLAUSE MAIN CLAUSE 1 V1(s/es) will/can/mayā€¦ + V 2 V2/ed/WERE would/could/shouldā€¦ + V 3 had +V3/ed would/could/shouldā€¦+ have + V3/ed 3) NhƶƵng ƱieĆ„m caĆ n lƶu yĆ¹: 4.1 ā€œIf ā€¦ notā€ coĆ¹ theĆ„ ƱƶƓĆÆc thay baĆØng ā€œUNLESSā€ (trƶĆø phi): Ex: We will be late if we donā€™t hurry. ---> We will be late unless we hurry. Ex: If I have time, Iā€™ll help you. ---> Unless I have time, I wonā€™t help you. 4.2 BoĆ» IF trong 3 loaĆÆi caĆ¢u ƱieĆ u kieƤn (phaĆ»i coĆ¹ ƱaĆ»o ngƶƵ vĆ“Ć¹i SHOULD/WERE/HAD):
  • 14. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 14 Ex: If it should be necessary, I will go. ---> Should it be necessary, I will go. Ex: If I were rich, I would buy a new car. ---> Were I rich, I would buy a new car. Ex: If you had asked me, I would have told you the answer. ---> Had you asked me, I would have told you the answer. 4.3 MoƤt soĆ” tƶĆø/cuĆÆm tƶĆø coĆ¹ theĆ„ thay cho IF vĆ“Ć¹i nghĆ³a tƶƓng ƱƶƓng: provided that/so(as) long as (mieĆ£n laĆø)/in case (trong trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp)/on condition that (vĆ“Ć¹i ƱieĆ u kieƤn) Ex: You can borrow my book provided that you bring it back. II- CaĆ¢u ao Ć¶Ć“Ć¹c: WISH (Ć¶Ć“Ć¹c)/IF ONLY(giaĆ¹ maĆø) 1) KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» hieƤn taĆÆi: V2/ed/WERE - I wish Peter were here now. (He isnā€™t here now.) - If only I had more money. 2) KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» tƶƓng lai: WOULD + V - She wishes Tom would be here tomorrow. - If only Tom would be here tomorrow. 3) KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹: HAD + V3/ed - We wish she had passed her exam last year. - If only you hadnā€™t told Peter about our plan. Where thereā€™s a will thereā€™s a way. CoĆ¹ chĆ­ thƬ neĆ¢n. BaĆøi 6: SƖƏ ƑAƛO NGƖƕ MoƤt soĆ” tƶĆø/cuĆÆm tƶĆø sau khi ƱaĆ«t ƱaĆ u caĆ¢u caĆ n ƱaĆ»o ngƶƵ: 1) NhƶƵng traĆÆng tƶĆø coĆ¹ nghĆ³a phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh hoaĆ«c gaĆ n phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh: never, no longer, nowhere else, rarely, seldom, little, not until - He knows little about what she has done. ---> Little does he know about what she has done. - She is not only beautiful, but she is also very intelligent. ---> Not only is she beautiful, but she is also very intelligent. 2) CaĆ¹c cuĆÆm tƶĆø baĆ©t ƱaĆ u baĆØng AT, IN, ON, UNDER: - At no time was Tom aware of what was happening. - In no circumstances would I agree such a proposal.
  • 15. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 15 3) CaĆ¢u dieĆ u kieƤn lƶƓĆÆc boĆ» IF: (xem BaĆøi 5, I, 3.2) - If anyone asks me, please tell them I will be away for a few days. ---> Should anyone ask me, please tell them I will be away for a few days. - If I knew him better, I would give him advice. ---> Did I know him better, I would give him advice. 4) SO/SUCH: - I am a student, so is she. - The day was so hot that we had to stay indoors. ---> So hot was the day that we had to stay indoors. - It is such a good book that I canā€™t put it down. ---> Such a good book is it that I canā€™t put it down. 5) ONLY when/after/by/then/if ā€¦ - Only after a year did I begin to see the results of my work. - Only by working harder will you pass your final exam. 6) HARDLY/SCARCELY/BARELY ā€¦ WHEN; NO SOONER ā€¦ THAN: - Hardly had I arrived home when I had a new problem. - No sooner had she handed in her paper than she realized her careless mistakes. Necessity is the mother of invention. CaĆ¹i khoĆ¹ loĆ¹ caĆ¹i khoĆ¢n. BaĆøi 7: TƖƘ ƑƒNH LƖƔƏNG VI- TƶĆø chƦ soĆ” lƶƓĆÆng lĆ“Ć¹n/nhoĆ»: 1) A lot of, lots of, many, much: (nhieĆ u) - A lot of, lots of + danh tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u/danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc trong caĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh Ex: He has a lot of / lots of friends here. We need a lot of / lots of time to learn a foreign language. - Many, much: duĆøng trong caĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh vaĆø nghi vaĆ”n. MANY + danh tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u MUCH + danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc Ex: There arenā€™t many people living here. Does the newspaper have much information? - Many, much sau VERY, SO, TOO, AS:
  • 16. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 16 Ex: Very many crimes go unreported. We had so many exercises to do. There is too much salt in the soup. He hasnā€™t got as much patience as I thought. 2) A few, a little / few, little: (moƤt vaĆøi, moƤt Ć­t / (raĆ”t) Ć­t) - A few, a little: duĆøng vĆ“Ć¹i nghĆ³a xaĆ¹c Ć±Ć²nh A few + danh tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u A little + danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc Ex: Weā€™ve got a little bacon and a few eggs. - Few, little: duĆøng vĆ“Ć¹i nghĆ³a phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh Few + danh tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u Little + danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc Ex: Few people can say that they always tell the truth. There is little sugar in my coffee. 3) A large number of, a great deal of/a large amount of: (soĆ” lƶƓĆÆng lĆ“Ć¹n) - A large numer of + danh tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u Ex: He has a large number of English books. * A number of + Ns + ƱoƤng tƶĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u The number of + Ns + ƱoƤng tƶĆø soĆ” Ć­t (xem vĆ­ duĆÆ BaĆøi 3, III,3) - A great deal of + danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc Ex: A dishwasher uses a great deal of electricity. VII- TƶĆø chƦ soĆ” lƶƓĆÆng toaĆøn theĆ„/boƤ phaƤn: 1) All, most, some, any, no: - VĆ“Ć¹i danh tƶĆø ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc soĆ” nhieĆ u vaĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc: Ex: All rabbits love green food. My brother likes all music. Most students love football. Most pollution can be avoided. Iā€™ve just bought some books. Would you like some beer? She didnā€™t have any friends. Have you got any wood? We have no Sundays free. I have no time to talk to you. * SOME duĆøng trong caĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh vaĆø caĆ¢u hoĆ»i. ANY duĆøng trong caĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh vaĆø caĆ¢u hoĆ»i. - VĆ“Ć¹i caĆ”u truĆ¹c OF + the/these/those/my/her/ourā€¦ + N (Ć­t/nhieĆ u) Ex: Most of my students like English. Some of the food is delicious. - VĆ“Ć¹i caĆ”u truĆ¹c OF + ƱaĆÆi tƶĆø taĆ¢n ngƶƵ (us/you/them/it) Ex: Some of you have made careless mistakes in your tests.
  • 17. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 17 * KhoĆ¢ng duĆøng caĆ”u truĆ¹c NO OF + ā€¦ 2) Every, each, both, either, neither: - Every, each + N ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc soĆ” Ć­t (haĆøm yĆ¹ taĆ”t caĆ» hoaĆ«c moĆ£i moƤt ngƶƓĆøi/vaƤt trong nhoĆ¹m) Ex: Every/Each room has a number. I go for walk every day. (moĆ£i ngaĆøy) Each day seems to pass very slowly. (tƶĆøng ngaĆøy) - Each of + the/these/those/my/her/ourā€¦ + N soĆ” nhieĆ u Ex: Each of the students has a personal computer. - Each of + ƱaĆÆi tƶĆø taĆ¢n ngƶƵ (us/you/them) Ex: Each of us has our own desk. - Each Ć±Ć¶Ć¹ng moƤt mƬnh hoaĆ«c Ʊi sau ƱaĆÆi tƶĆø Ex: They gave us each an English book. Each has an English book. - Both, either, neither + N (Ʊi vĆ“Ć¹i hai ngƶƓĆøi hoaĆ«c hai vaƤt) Ex: Both his parents are from Europe. You can read either book. (one of 2 books) Neither car is very economical to run. (2 cars) - Both, either, neither + OF + the/these/those/my/her/ourā€¦ + N soĆ” nhieĆ u Ex: Both of his parents are from Europe. You can read either of the books. Neither of the cars is/are very economical to run. - Both, either, neither + OF + ƱaĆÆi tƶĆø taĆ¢n ngƶƵ (us/you/them) Ex: Both of us were tired. Beauty is but skin-deep. CaĆ¹i neĆ”t ƱaĆ¹nh cheĆ”t caĆ¹i ƱeĆÆp. BaĆøi 8: MEƄNH ƑEƀ TƍNH TƖƘ VAƘ MEƄNH ƑEƀ TRAƏNG TƖƘ VI- MeƤnh ƱeĆ  tĆ­nh tƶĆø: MeƤnh ƱeĆ  tĆ­nh tƶĆø hay meƤnh ƱeĆ  quan heƤ ƱƶƓĆÆc ƱaĆ«t sau danh tƶĆø noĆ¹ phuĆÆ nghĆ³a, ƱƶƓĆÆc noĆ”i baĆØng caĆ¹c tƶĆø quan heƤ: WHO, WHOM, WHICH, THAT, WHOSE, WHERE, WHY, WHEN.
  • 18. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 18 Ex: - The woman who/that is standing over there is my sister. - I know the boy who(m)/that I spoke to. - She works for a company which/that makes cars. - The girl whose photo was in the paper lives in our street. - John found a cat whose leg/the leg of which was broken. - The hotel where we stayed wasnā€™t very clean. - Tell me the reason why you are so sad. - Do you remember the day when we first met? 1) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  quan heƤ haĆÆn Ć±Ć²nh: DuĆøng ƱeĆ„ boĆ„ nghĆ³a cho danh tƶĆø Ć±Ć¶Ć¹ng trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c. NeĆ”u boĆ» Ʊi meƤnh ƱeĆ  chĆ­nh seƵ khoĆ¢ng roƵ nghĆ³a. Ex: I saw the girl. She helped us last week. ---> I saw the girl who/that helped us last week. 2) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  quan heƤ khoĆ¢ng haĆÆn Ć±Ć²nh: DuĆøng ƱeĆ„ boĆ„ nghĆ³a cho danh tƶĆø Ć±Ć¶Ć¹ng trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c, laĆø phaĆ n giaĆ»i thĆ­ch theĆ¢m. NeĆ”u boĆ» Ʊi meƤnh ƱeĆ  chĆ­nh vaĆ£n roƵ nghĆ³a. MeƤnh ƱeĆ  naĆøy thƶƓĆøng ƱƶƓĆÆc taĆ¹ch khoĆ»i meƤnh ƱeĆ  chĆ­nh baĆØng daĆ”u phaĆ„y ā€œ,ā€. Ta duĆøng meƤnh ƱeĆ  quan heƤ khoĆ¢ng haĆÆn Ć±Ć²nh khi: - TrĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c danh tƶĆø quan heƤ coĆ¹: this/that/these/those/my/her/his/ā€¦ - TƶĆø quan heƤ laĆø teĆ¢n rieĆ¢ng hoaĆ«c danh tƶĆø rieĆ¢ng. Ex: My father is a doctor. He is fifty years old. ---> My father, who is fifty years old, is a doctor. Mr Brown is a very nice teacher. We studied English with him. ---> Mr Brown, who(m) we studied English with, is a very nice teacher. * LƖU Yƙ: KHOƂNG duĆøng THAT trong meƤnh ƱeĆ  naĆøy. Mr Brown, that we studied English with, is a very nice teacher. 3) GiĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø ƱaĆ«t trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c meƤnh ƱeĆ  tĆ­nh tƶĆø: (WHOM/WHICH) Ex: The man speaks English very fast. I talked to him last night. ---> The man to whom I last night speaks English very fast. DANH TƖƘ CHUƛ TƖƘ TUƙC TƖƘ SƔƛ HƖƕU NgƶƓĆøi WHO/THAT WHO(M)/THAT WHOSE VaƤt/Ƒ.vaƤt WHICH/THAT WHICH/THAT WHOSE/OF WHICH NĆ“i choĆ”n WHERE LyĆ¹ do WHY ThĆ“Ćøi gian WHEN
  • 19. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 19 The house is for sale. I was born in it. ---> The house in which I was born is for sale. * LƖU Yƙ: KHOƂNG duĆøng THAT, WHO sau giĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø. The house in that I was born is for sale. 4) ƑaĆÆi tƶĆø quan heƤ THAT: 1.1 NhƶƵng trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp thƶƓĆøng duĆøng THAT: - Sau cuĆÆm tƶĆø quan heƤ vƶĆøa chƦ ngƶƓĆøi vaĆø vaƤt: Ex: He told me the places and people that he had seen in London. - Sau ƱaĆÆi tƶĆø baĆ”t Ć±Ć²nh: Ex: Iā€™ll tell you something that is very interesting. - Sau caĆ¹c tĆ­nh tƶĆø so saĆ¹nh nhaĆ”t, ALL, EVERY, VERY, ONLY: Ex: This is the most beautiful dress that I have. All that is mine is yours. You are the only person that can help us. - Trong caĆ”u truĆ¹c It + be + ā€¦ + that ā€¦ (chĆ­nh laĆø ā€¦) Ex: It is my friend that wrote this sentence. (ChĆ­nh laĆø baĆÆn toĆ¢i ƱaƵ vieĆ”t caĆ¢u naĆøy.) 1.2 NhƶƵng trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp khoĆ¢ng duĆøng THAT: - Trong meƤnh ƱeĆ  tĆ­nh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng haĆÆn Ć±Ć²nh (xem LƖU Yƙ muĆÆc 2)) - Sau giĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø (xem LƖU Yƙ muĆÆc 3)) 5) OF WHICH / OF WHOM: Ex: Daisy has three brothers. All of them are teachers. ---> Daisy has three brothers, all of whom are teachers. He asked me a lot of questions. I couldnā€™t answer most of them. ---> He asked me a lot of questions, most of which I couldnā€™t answer. 6) RuĆ¹t goĆÆn meƤnh ƱeĆ  tĆ­nh tƶĆø thaĆønh cuĆÆm tĆ­nh tƶĆø: 1.1 DuĆøng V-ing hoaĆ«c boĆ» BE: Khi ƱoƤng tƶĆø chĆ­nh trong meƤnh ƱeĆ  tĆ­nh tƶĆø Ć“Ć» theĆ„ CHUƛ ƑOƄNG hoaĆ«c laĆø BE. Ex: Those people who are taking photos over there come from Sweden. ---> Those people taking photos over there come from Sweden. Fans who want to buy tickets started queuing early. ---> Fans wanting to buy tickets started queuing early. The books which are on that shelf are mine. ---> The books on that shelf are mine. 1.2 DuĆøng V3/ed:
  • 20. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 20 Khi ƱoƤng tƶĆø chĆ­nh trong meƤnh ƱeĆ  tĆ­nh tƶĆø Ć“Ć» theĆ„ Bƒ ƑOƄNG. Ex: The books which were written by To Hoai are interesting. ---> The books written by To Hoai are interesting. Most students who were punished last week are lazy. ---> Most students punished last week are lazy. 1.3 DuĆøng (FOR + O) TO V: Ex: This is the hotel where we can stay. ---> This is the hotel (for us) to stay. VII- MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø: 1) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ nĆ“i choĆ”n: where (nĆ“i, choĆ£) hoaĆ«c wherever (baĆ”t cĆ¶Ć¹ nĆ“i naĆøo) Ex: He told me where he had seen the money. I will go wherever you go. 2) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ theĆ„ caĆ¹ch: as (nhƶ), as if/as though (nhƶ theĆ„) Ex: We should do as our teacher tells us. She looks as if sheā€™s going to cry. * SƶĆÆ vieƤc khoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» hieƤn taĆÆi as if/as though + S + WERE/V2/ed Ex: He looked at me as if I were mad. * SƶĆÆ vieƤc khoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ as if/as though + S + had + V3/ed Ex: He ran as if he had seen a ghost. 3) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ nguyeĆ¢n nhaĆ¢n / lyĆ¹ do: because, since, as (bĆ“Ć»i vƬ) Ex: She sold the car because she needed some money. * So saĆ¹nh because vaĆø because of: BECAUSE + S + V BECAUSE OF + V-ing/N/N phrase Ex: Iā€™m late because Iā€™m sick. Iā€™m late because of being sick. Iā€™m late because of my sickness. 4) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ muĆÆc Ʊƭch: so that/in order that (ƱeĆ„) + S + (can/could) + V Ex: She wants to stay here so that she can perfect her English. 5) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian:
  • 21. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 21 when (khi), as (khi/trong khi), while (trong khi), after (sau khi), before (trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c khi), until/till (cho tĆ“Ć¹i khi), since (tƶĆø khi), as soon as (ngay khi), whenever (baĆ”t cĆ¶Ć¹ khi naĆøo), no sooner ā€¦ than/ hardly ā€¦ when (vƶĆøa mĆ“Ć¹i ā€¦ thƬ) Ex: When it rains, I usually go to school by bus. We should do a good deed whenever we can. * ƑaĆ»o ngƶƵ vĆ“Ć¹i no sooner ā€¦ than/ hardly ā€¦ when (xem BaĆøi 1, III, 3) * KHOƂNG duĆøng thƬ TƖƔNG LAI trong meƤnh traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian. Iā€™ll tell you the news when I will come. * ThƬ cuĆ»a ƱoƤng tƶĆø trong MƑ chĆ­nh vaĆø MƑ traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian: MeƤnh ƱeĆ  chĆ­nh MeƤnh traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian - Present - Present - Past - Past - Future - Present 6) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ keĆ”t quaĆ»: - so + adj/adv + that ā€¦ (quaĆ¹ ā€¦ ƱeĆ”n noĆ£i ā€¦) Ex: The coffee is so hot that I canā€™t drink it. - such (+ a(n)) + adj + Noun + that ā€¦ (quaĆ¹ ā€¦ ƱeĆ”n noĆ£i ā€¦) Ex: It was such a hot day that we stopped playing. They are such interesting books that I want to buy them all. - so + many/much/few/little + Noun + that ā€¦ (quaĆ¹ nhieĆ u/Ć­tā€¦Ć±eĆ”n noĆ£iā€¦) Ex: There are so many people in the room that I feel tired. 7) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ sƶĆÆ nhƶƓĆÆng boƤ: though/although/even though (maĆ«c duĆø) + S + V Ex: Though he looks ill, he is really strong. * LƖU Yƙ: - in spite of/despite (maĆ«c duĆø) + V-ing/N/N phrase Ex: In spite of having little money, they always enloy themselves. (Although they have little money, they always enloy themselves.) - in spite of/despite + the fact that (maĆ«c duĆø) + S + V Ex: Despite the fact that they have little money, theyā€™re always happy. - no matter where = wherever (duĆø baĆ”t cĆ¶Ć¹ ƱaĆ¢u) Ex: No matter where you go, you need to have friends. Diligence is the mother of success. CoĆ¹ coĆ¢ng maĆøi saĆ©t coĆ¹ ngaĆøy neĆ¢n kim
  • 22. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 22 BaĆøi 9: DANH ƑOƄNG TƖƘ VAƘ ƑOƄNG TƖƘ NGUYEƂN MAƃU COƙ ā€œTOā€ I- DANH ƑOƄNG TƖƘ: (Gerund) Ex: She enjoys listening to music. V + V-ing (Gerund) MoƤt soĆ” tƶĆø/ƱoƤng tƶĆø sau ƱaĆ¢y caĆ n coĆ¹ V-ing theo sau: * enjoy (thĆ­ch, thƶƓƻng thĆ¶Ć¹c), finish (hoaĆøn thaĆønh), postpone (trƬ hoaƵn), avoid (traĆ¹nh), keep (vaĆ£n coĆøn), practise (thƶĆÆc haĆønh), miss (boĆ» lƓƵ), be/get used to (quen vĆ“Ć¹i), spend (tieĆ¢u xaĆøi, traĆ»i qua), allow/permit (cho pheĆ¹p), advise (khuyeĆ¢n), recommend (ƱeĆ  nghĆ², khuyeĆ¢n baĆ»o), give up (tƶĆø boĆ», ƱaĆ u haĆøng), suggest (ƱeĆ  nghĆ²), deny (tƶĆø choĆ”i), consider (xem xeĆ¹t), quit (rĆ“Ćøi boĆ»), dislike (khoĆ¢ng thĆ­ch), like (thĆ­ch), canā€™t help (khoĆ¢ng theĆ„ khoĆ¢ng), ā€¦ * itā€™s no use/good (khoĆ¢ng lĆ“ĆÆi Ć­ch gƬ), would you mind (baĆÆn coĆ¹ phieĆ n) * worth (ƱaĆ¹ng, ƱaĆ¹ng ƱƶƓĆÆc), busy (baƤn roƤn) II- ƑOƄNG TƖƘ NGUYEƂN MAƃU COƙ ā€œTOā€: Ex: I want to learn English well. V + TO V MoƤt soĆ” ƱoƤng tƶĆø sau ƱaĆ¢y caĆ n coĆ¹ to V theo sau: want (muoĆ”n), expect (mong chĆ“Ćø, kyĆø voĆÆng), refuse (tƶĆø choĆ”i), hope (hy voĆÆng), decide (quyeĆ”t Ć±Ć²nh), agree (ƱoĆ ng yĆ¹), plan (dƶĆÆ Ć±Ć²nh), would like (muoĆ”n), like (muoĆ”n), fail (thaĆ”t baĆÆi, hoĆ»ng), learn (hoĆÆc), afford (coĆ¹ ƱuĆ» khaĆ» naĆŖng/ƱieĆ u kieƤn), manage (xoay sĆ“Ć»), choose (choĆÆn lƶĆÆa), demand (ƱoĆøi hoĆ»i, yeĆ¢u caĆ u), prepare (chuaĆ„n bĆ²), pretend (giaĆ» boƤ), promise (hĆ¶Ć¹a), seek (tƬm kieĆ”m), threaten (Ʊe doaĆÆ), train (ƱaĆøo taĆÆo, huaĆ”n luyeƤn), wish (ao Ć¶Ć“Ć¹c), ā€¦ III- TO INFINITIVE OR GERUND? 1) MoƤt soĆ” ƱoƤng tƶĆø coĆ¹ V-ing hoaĆ«c TO V theo sau khoĆ¢ng laĆøm thay ƱoĆ„i nghĆ³a: begin/start (baĆ©t ƱaĆ u), continue (tieĆ”p tuĆÆc), hate (gheĆ¹t), canā€™t bear (khoĆ¢ng chĆ²u ƱƶƓĆÆc), intend (dƶĆÆ Ć±Ć²nh), love (yeĆ¢u thƶƓng), prefer (thĆ­chā€¦hĆ“n), hesitate (do dƶĆÆ), ā€¦ 2) MoƤt soĆ” ƱoƤng tƶĆø coĆ¹ V-ing hoaĆ«c TO V theo sau laĆøm thay ƱoĆ„i nghĆ³a: - stop + to V: dƶĆøng laĆÆi ƱeĆ„ laĆøm Ex: I stop to eat lunch. (ToĆ¢i dƶĆøng laĆÆi ƱeĆ„ aĆŖn trƶa.) - stop + V-ing: dƶĆøng haĆønh ƱoƤng Ʊang laĆøm Ex: You should stop smoking. (BaĆÆn neĆ¢n boĆ» huĆ¹t thuoĆ”c.)
  • 23. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 23 - try + to V: coĆ” gaĆ©ng Ex: He tries to get ten marks. (Anh ta coĆ” gaĆ©ng ƱaĆÆt mƶƓĆøi ƱieĆ„m.) - try + V-ing: thƶƻ Ex: She tried writing with her left hand. (CoĆ¢ ta thƶƻ vieĆ”t baĆØng tay traĆ¹i.) - need + to V: caĆ n (nghĆ³a chuĆ» ƱoƤng) Ex: They need to work harder. (HoĆÆ caĆ n laĆøm vieƤc chaĆŖm chƦ hĆ“n.) - need + V-ing: caĆ n ƱƶƓĆÆc (nghĆ³a bĆ² ƱoƤng) Ex: This room needs cleaning. (CaĆŖn phoĆøng naĆøy caĆ n lau chuĆøi.) - remember/forget + to V: nhĆ“Ć¹/queĆ¢n laĆøm ƱieĆ u gƬ (chƶa xaĆ»y ra) Ex: Remember to post the letter when you get to the post office. (NhĆ“Ć¹ gĆ“Ć»i laĆ¹ thƶ khi baĆÆn ƱeĆ”n bƶu ƱieƤn.) - remember/forget + V-ing: nhĆ“Ć¹/queĆ¢n ƱaƵ laĆøm ƱieĆ u gƬ (ƱaƵ xaĆ»y ra) Ex: I will never forget seeing you here last year. (ToĆ¢i seƵ khoĆ¢ng bao giĆ“Ćø queĆ¢n gaĆ«p baĆÆn taĆÆi ƱaĆ¢y vaĆøo naĆŖm roĆ i.) - regret + to V: tieĆ”c phaĆ»i laĆøm ƱieĆ u gƬ (haĆønh ƱoƤng saĆ©p xaĆ»y ra) Ex: I regret to tell you that you failed the exam. (ToĆ¢i laĆ”y laĆøm tieĆ”c baĆ¹o cho anh hay anh ƱaƵ thi hoĆ»ng.) - regret + V-ing: tieĆ”c ƱaƵ laĆøm ƱieĆ u gƬ (haĆønh ƱoƤng ƱaƵ xaĆ»y ra) Ex: She regretted going to New York for holiday. (CoĆ¢ aĆ”y tieĆ”c ƱaƵ Ʊi nghƦ Ć“Ć» New York.) * LƖU Yƙ: CaĆ”u truĆ¹c S + V + O + TO V vaĆø S + LET/MAKE + O + V Ex: I permit you to go out tonight. They let me visit my parents. Make haste slowly DuĆÆc toĆ”c baĆ”t ƱaĆÆt BaĆøi 10: TƖƘ LOAƏI I- Danh tƶĆø: 1) Danh tƶĆø ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc: 1.1 HƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c soĆ” Ć­t: a/an + N - ā€œaā€ Ć±Ć¶Ć¹ng trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c danh tƶĆø soĆ” Ć­t baĆ©t ƱaĆ u baĆØng moƤt phuĆÆ aĆ¢m.
  • 24. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 24 Ex: a book, a pen, ā€¦ - ā€œanā€ Ć±Ć¶Ć¹ng trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c danh tƶĆø soĆ” Ć­t baĆ©t ƱaĆ u baĆØng moƤt nguyeĆ¢n aĆ¢m. Ex: an apple, an orange, an egg, an umbrella, an island, ā€¦ 1.2 HƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c soĆ” nhieĆ u: 1.2.1 HĆ“ĆÆp quy taĆ©c: Ns/es Ex: books, pens, boxes 1.2.2 BaĆ”t quy taĆ©c: SoĆ” Ć­t SoĆ” nhieĆ u SoĆ” Ć­t SoĆ” nhieĆ u a man men a foot feet a woman women a tooth teeth a child children a bacterium bacteria a person people a curriculum curricula a mouse mice a datum data a louse lice a criterion criteria a goose geese a phenomenon phenomena 1.2.3 Danh tƶĆø luoĆ¢n coĆ¹ hƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c vaĆø mang nghĆ³a soĆ” nhieĆ u: clothes, scissors, spectacles, shorts, pants, jeans, trousers, pyjamas, binoculars, belongings, ā€¦ 1.2.4 Danh tƶĆø soĆ” Ć­t vaĆø soĆ” nhieĆ u coĆ¹ hƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c gioĆ”ng nhau: sheep, deer, aircraft, craft, fish, ā€¦ 1.2.5 Danh tƶĆø luoĆ¢n mang nghĆ³a soĆ” nhieĆ u: (xem BaĆøi 3, II, 4) police, cattle, people, ā€¦ 1.2.6 Danh tƶĆø coĆ¹ hƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c soĆ” nhieĆ u nhƶng mang nghĆ³a soĆ” Ć­t: news, mathematics, the United States, ā€¦ (xem BaĆøi 3, I, 2) 2) Danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc: LaĆø nhƶƵng thĆ¶Ć¹ ta khoĆ¢ng theĆ„ ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc trƶĆÆc tieĆ”p (moƤt, hai, ba, ā€¦) nhƶ milk, water, rice, sugar, butter, salt, bread, news, information, advice, luggage, health, knowledge, equipment, iron, paper, glass, ā€¦ (one milk, two milk) * ChuĆ¹ yĆ¹: - KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ hƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c soĆ” nhieĆ u (s/es) - KhoĆ¢ng duĆøng vĆ“Ć¹i a/an/one/twoā€¦ - CoĆ¹ theĆ„ Ʊi vĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø chƦ dĆ“n vĆ² Ć±Ć²nh lƶƓĆÆng + of: a bottle of milk, two litters of water, a loaf of bread, three sheets of paper, four pieces of chalk, a bar of chocolate, a gallon of petrol, ā€¦ 3) Danh tƶĆø vƶĆøa ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc vƶĆøa khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc:
  • 25. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 25 MoƤt soĆ” danh tƶĆø trong trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp naĆøy laĆø ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc nhƶng trong trƶƓĆøng hĆ“ĆÆp khaĆ¹c laĆÆi khoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc. ƑeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc KhoĆ¢ng ƱeĆ”m ƱƶƓĆÆc a glass (moƤt caĆ¹i li) glass (thuĆ»y tinh) two papers (hai tĆ“Ćø baĆ¹o) paper (giaĆ”y) three coffees (ba taĆ¹ch caĆø pheĆ¢) coffee (caĆø pheĆ¢) two sugars (hai muoĆ£ng ƱƶƓng) sugar (ƱƶƓĆøng) II- TĆ­nh tƶĆø: 2) VĆ² trĆ­ cuĆ»a tĆ­nh tƶĆø: 6.1 TrĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c danh tƶĆø: Ex: She is a beautiful girl. 6.2 Sau danh tƶĆø: g) ChƦ sƶĆÆ Ć±o lƶƓĆøng, tuoĆ„i taĆ¹c: Ex: This table is two meters long. Heā€™s twenty years old. h) TĆ­nh tƶĆø coĆ¹ tieĆ”p ƱaĆ u ngƶƵ ā€œaā€: asleep (Ʊang nguĆ»), ablaze (buĆøng chaĆ¹y), alight (bƶĆøng saĆ¹ng), awake (thĆ¶Ć¹c), alive (coĆøn soĆ”ng), alike (gioĆ”ng nhau), afloat (noĆ„i), ā€¦ Ex: I saw my son asleep on the floor. i) TĆ­nh tƶĆø boĆ„ ngƶƵ cho tuĆ¹c tƶĆø: Ex: We should keep our room clean. 6.3 Sau Linking verbs: be, become, feel, look, taste, sound, smell, seem, get, turn, appear Ex: It becomes hot today. 6.4 Sau ƱaĆÆi tƶĆø baĆ”t Ć±Ć²nh: something, someone/body, anything, anyone/body, everything, everyone/body, nothing, no one, nobody Ex: Do you have anything important to tell me? 6.5 Sau traĆÆng tƶĆø: Ex: Your story is very interesting. 3) TraƤt tƶĆÆ cuĆ»a caĆ¹c tĆ­nh tƶĆø trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c danh tƶĆø:
  • 26. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 26 TƍNH TƖƘ Yƙ KIEƁN SƖƏ THAƄT KĆ­ch thĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c TuoĆ„i HƬnh daĆÆng MaĆøu saĆ©c QuoĆ”c tĆ²ch/nĆ“i choĆ”n ChaĆ”t lieƤu nice, good, bad, ugly, beautiful big, small, tall old, young fat, thin, round white, black Vietnamese, English, French wooden, golden Ex: A beautiful tall thin Vietnamese girl is standing over there. 4) TĆ­nh tƶĆø duĆøng nhƶ danh tƶĆø: (xem theĆ¢m BaĆøi 3, II, 5) THE + ADJ ---> NOUN the poor, the rich, the blind, the deaf, the old, the handicapped, the sick, the strong, the weak, the hungry, the disadvantaged, the unemployed, the disabled, the living, the dead, the young, the middle-aged Ex: The rich should help the poor. 5) PhaĆ¢n tƶĆø duĆøng nhƶ tĆ­nh tƶĆø: TĆ­nh tƶĆø taƤn cuĆøng baĆØng ā€“ING ā€“ED ā€“ING ā€“ED amazing amazed exciting excited amusing amused frightening frightened boring bored interesting interested confusing confused pleasing pleased depressing depressed relaxing relaxed deserving deserved satisfying satisfied disappointing disappointed shocking shocked distinguishing distinguished surprising surprised encouraging encouraged tiring tired 1.1 HƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c hieƤn taĆÆi phaĆ¢n tƶĆø (-ING): DieĆ£n taĆ» nhaƤn thĆ¶Ć¹c cuĆ»a ngƶƓĆøi noĆ¹i veĆ  ngƶƓĆøi/vieƤc gƬ ƱoĆ¹. Ex: That film is interesting. (BoƤ phim ƱoĆ¹ hay.) (NgƶƓĆøi xem nhaƤn thaĆ”y boƤ phim hay.) He is boring. He always talks about the same things. (HaĆ©n ta chaĆ¹n thaƤt. HaĆ©n luoĆ¢n baĆøn veĆ  nhƶƵng thĆ¶Ć¹ gioĆ”ng nhau.) (NgƶƓĆøi nghe nhaƤn thaĆ”y haĆ©n ta chaĆ¹n.) 1.2 HƬnh thĆ¶Ć¹c quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ phaĆ¢n tƶĆø (-ED):
  • 27. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 27 DieĆ£n taĆ» caĆ»m giaĆ¹c cuĆ»a ngƶƓĆøi noĆ¹i do ngƶƓĆøi/vieƤc gƬ ƱoĆ¹ Ʊem laĆÆi. Ex: I am confused about the question. (ToĆ¢i bĆ² boĆ”i roĆ”i veĆ  caĆ¢u hoĆ»i.) (CaĆ¢u hoĆ»i laĆøm toĆ¢i boĆ”i roĆ”i.) III- TraĆÆng tƶĆø: 1) PhaĆ¢n loaĆÆi traĆÆng tƶĆø: 4.1 TraĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ theĆ„ caĆ¹ch: - Cho ta bieĆ”t moƤt haĆønh ƱoƤng ƱƶƓĆÆc thƶĆÆc hieƤn nhƶ theĆ” naĆøo ƱeĆ„ traĆ» lĆ“Ćøi cho caĆ¢u hoĆ»i HOW? - CaĆ¹ch thaĆønh laƤp:ADJ + LY (moƤt caĆ¹ch ā€¦) angrily giaƤn giƶƵ anxiously lo laĆ©ng badly dĆ“Ć», teƤ beautifully (haĆ¹t/muĆ¹a) hay brightly tƶƓi saĆ¹ng carefully caĆ„n thaƤn cleverly kheĆ¹o leĆ¹o, khoĆ¢n colorfully saĆ«c sƓƵ continuously lieĆ¢n tieĆ”p easily deĆ£ daĆøng fluently troĆ¢i chaĆ»y happily haĆÆnh phuĆ¹c heavily naĆ«ng neĆ  loudly aĆ m Ʀ, inh oĆ»i nervously hoĆ i hoƤp peacefully hoaĆø bƬnh politely lĆ²ch sƶĆÆ, leĆ£ pheĆ¹p quickly nhanh nheĆÆn quietly yeĆ¢n tĆ³nh rapidly nhanh choĆ¹ng safely an toaĆøn sensibly hĆ“ĆÆp lyĆ¹ seriously nghieĆ¢m tuĆ¹c silently im laĆ«ng skillfully kheĆ¹o tay slowly chaƤm chaĆÆp specially ƱaĆ«c bieƤt stupidly ngu ngoĆ”c successfully thaĆønh coĆ¢ng warmly aĆ”m aĆ¹p * LƖU Yƙ: - fast (nhanh), early (sĆ“Ć¹m), late (treĆ£), hard (chaĆŖm chƦ) vƶĆøa laĆø tĆ­nh tƶĆø vƶĆøa laĆø traĆÆng tƶĆø. TĆ­nh tƶĆø TraĆÆng tƶĆø Jack is a very fast runner. Jack can run very fast. Ann is hard worker. Ann works hard. (hardly) The train was late. I got up late this morning. - PhaĆ¢n bieƤt:
  • 28. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 28 late (treĆ£) lately (gaĆ n ƱaĆ¢y) (= recently) You come home late today. He hasnā€™t been to the cinema lately. (HoĆ¢m nay con veĆ  treĆ£.) (GaĆ n ƱaĆ¢y anh ta khoĆ¢ng Ʊi xem phim.) hard (chaĆŖm chƦ) hardly (haĆ u nhƶ khoĆ¢ng) Iā€™ve worked very hard. Sheā€™s hardly got any money left. (ToĆ¢i laĆøm vieƤc raĆ”t chaĆŖm.) (CoĆ¢ aĆ”y haĆ u nhƶ khoĆ¢ng coĆøn tieĆ n.) - MoƤt soĆ” tĆ­nh tƶĆø taƤn cuĆøng ā€“LY: friendly (thaĆ¢n thieƤn), lovely (deĆ£ thƶƓng), lively (soĆ”ng ƱoƤng), ugly (xaĆ”u xĆ­), silly (ngĆ“Ć¹ ngaĆ„n). NhƶƵng tƶĆø naĆøy khoĆ¢ng phaĆ»i laĆø traĆÆng tƶĆø, neĆ¢n ta duĆøng ā€œin a ā€¦ā€¦way/mannerā€ thay cho traĆÆng tƶĆø. Ex: She spoke to me in a friendly way/manner. (CoĆ¢ ta noĆ¹i chuyeƤn vĆ“Ć¹i toĆ¢i moƤt caĆ¹ch thaĆ¢n thieƤn.) 4.2 TraĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian: Cho bieĆ”t sƶĆÆ vieƤc xaĆ»y ra luĆ¹c naĆøo ƱeĆ„ traĆ» lĆ“Ćøi cho caĆ¢u hoĆ»i WHEN? now, today, yesterday, tomorrow, last year, then, still, no longer, already, immediately, just, soon, finally, recently, lately, at once, 2 months later/after, ā€¦ Ex: Iā€™m leaving for Hanoi tomorrow. 4.3 TraĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ nĆ“i choĆ”n: Cho bieĆ”t sƶĆÆ vieƤc xaĆ»y ra Ć“Ć» ƱaĆ¢u ƱeĆ„ traĆ» lĆ“Ćøi cho caĆ¢u hoĆ»i WHERE? here, there, somewhere, outside, inside, upstairs, downstairs, everywhere, in Paris, at the supermarket, ā€¦ Ex: Tom is standing there. 4.4 TraĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ sƶĆÆ thƶƓĆøng xuyeĆ¢n: Cho bieĆ”t haĆønh ƱoƤng xaĆ»y ra thƶƓĆøng xuyeĆ¢n nhƶ theĆ” naĆøo ƱeĆ„ traĆ» lĆ“Ćøi cho caĆ¢u hoĆ»i HOW OFTEN? never, rarely, seldom, sometimes, usually, frequently, occasionally, often, always, once/twice a week, every day, daily, weekly, monthly, ā€¦ Ex: I often get up at 5 in the morning. 4.5 TraĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ mĆ¶Ć¹c ƱoƤ: Cho bieĆ”t haĆønh ƱoƤng, tĆ­nh chaĆ”t cuĆ»a sƶĆÆ vieƤc dieĆ£n ra ƱeĆ”n mĆ¶Ć¹c naĆøo. very, too, so, quite, rather, extremely, absolutely, terribly, completely, really, pretty, fairly, entirely, hardly, scarcely, somewhat, enough,ā€¦ Ex: I come here quite often.
  • 29. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 29 2) VĆ² trĆ­ cuĆ»a traĆÆng tƶĆø: 2.1 ƑaĆ u caĆ¢u: Ex: Where are you going? 2.2 GiƶƵa caĆ¢u: 2.2.1 TrĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c ƱoƤng tƶĆø thƶƓĆøng: Ex: They often play football after class. 2.2.2 Sau ƱoƤng tƶĆø TO BE, trĆ“ĆÆ Ć±oƤng tƶĆø hoaĆ«c ƱoƤng tƶĆø khieĆ”m khuyeĆ”t: Ex: Our teacher is still sick. She doesnā€™t often go with him. He can seldom find time for reading. 2.3 CuoĆ”i caĆ¢u: Ex: You sang that song well. 3) TraƤt tƶĆÆ cuĆ»a caĆ¹c traĆÆng tƶĆø: TraƤt tƶĆÆ cuĆ»a caĆ¹c traĆÆng tƶĆø trong caĆ¢u thƶƓĆøng nhƶ sau: NĆ“i choĆ”n MĆ¶Ć¹c ƱoƤ TheĆ„ caĆ¹ch ThƶƓĆøng xuyeĆ¢n ThĆ“Ćøi gian He walked to the church very slowly twice last Sunday. * ChuĆ¹ yĆ¹: TraƤt tƶĆÆ treĆ¢n coĆ¹ theĆ„ thay ƱoĆ„i tuyĆø vaĆøo muĆÆc Ʊƭch nhaĆ”n maĆÆnh cuĆ»a ngƶƓĆøi noĆ¹i/vieĆ”t. 4) ChĆ¶Ć¹c naĆŖng cĆ“ baĆ»n cuĆ»a traĆÆng tƶĆø: BoĆ„ nghĆ³a cho VĆ­ duĆÆ* 1) ƑoƤng tƶĆø They danced beautifully. 2) TĆ­nh tƶĆø She is very lovely. 3) TraĆÆng tƶĆø khaĆ¹c He studied extremely hard. 4) CaĆ» caĆ¢u Fortunately, he was not injured in that accident. * PhaĆ n in ƱaƤm, gaĆÆch dĆ¶Ć“Ć¹i boĆ„ nghĆ³a cho phaĆ n in nghieĆ¢ng. IV- GiĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø: 1) PhaĆ¢n loaĆÆi giĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø: 1.1 GiĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø chƦ nĆ“i choĆ”n: IN, ON, AT a) IN (trong): ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng - ChƦ moƤt ngƶƓĆøi hoaĆ«c vaƤt Ć“Ć» trong moƤt nĆ“i naĆøo ƱoĆ¹. in a box / room / building / park / garden / bag / pocket / kitchen / cinema / restaurant / book / lesson / newspaper / picture / pool / sea / river/ water / sky / world / queue / row / line ā€¦
  • 30. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 30 Ex: My mother is cooking in the kitchen. - VĆ“Ć¹i phƶƓng tieƤn xe hĆ“i, taxi hoaĆ«c ƱƶƓĆøng phoĆ”. in a car / taxi, in/on the street Ex: Peter arrived at the party in a taxi. They live in Hung Vuong Street. - VĆ“Ć¹i danh tƶĆø khoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ maĆÆo tƶĆø ƱeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ» moƤt ngƶƓĆøi Ʊang Ć“Ć» taĆÆi ƱoĆ¹. in bed / hospital / prison Ex: Tom hasnā€™t got up yet. Heā€™s still in bed. - TrĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c caĆ¹c ƱaĆ”t nĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c, thaĆønh phoĆ”, phƶƓng hĆ¶Ć“Ć¹ng. in Vietnam / England / France / Hanoi / London / Paris / the east / west / south / north Ex: Ho Chi Minh City is in the south of Vietnam. - ƑeĆ„ taĆÆo thaĆønh cuĆÆm tƶĆø chƦ nĆ“i choĆ”n. in the front/back of (a car/room/theater ā€¦), in the middle of (the room ā€¦) Ex: I was in the back of the car when the accident happened. Thereā€™s a computer in the middle of the room. b) ON (treĆ¢n): ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng - ChƦ vĆ² trĆ­ beĆ¢n treĆ¢n vaĆø tieĆ”p xuĆ¹c vĆ“Ć¹i beĆ  maĆ«t cuĆ»a moƤt vaƤt gƬ ƱoĆ¹. on the door / floor / wall / ceiling / river / beach / coast ā€¦ on/in the street, on a page Ex: I sat on the beach. They live on Wall Street. The picture youā€™re looking for is on page 7. - VĆ“Ć¹i phƶƓng tieƤn Ʊi laĆÆi coĆ¢ng coƤng hoaĆ«c caĆ¹ nhaĆ¢n (xe ƱaĆÆp, honda). on a bus/train/ship/plane/bycicle/motorbike/horse Ex: There were too many people on the bus. Mary passed me on her bycicle. - ƑeĆ„ taĆÆo thaĆønh cuĆÆm tƶĆø chƦ nĆ“i choĆ”n. on the right / left, on horseback, on the way to (school ā€¦) on the back/front of (the envelope/paper ā€¦) on top of (the wardrobe ā€¦) on/at the corner of a street Ex: In Britain people drive on the left. Write your name on the front of the envelope.
  • 31. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 31 c) AT (Ć“Ć»): ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng - ƑeĆ„ dieĆ£n taĆ» moƤt vĆ² trĆ­ ƱƶƓĆÆc xaĆ¹c Ć±Ć²nh trong khoĆ¢ng gian hoaĆ«c soĆ” nhaĆø. at the door / bus stop / traffic lights / party / meeting / desk ā€¦ at 69 Tran Hung Dao Street Ex: Someone is standing at the door. She lives at 69 Tran Hung Dao Street. - ƑeĆ„ taĆÆo thaĆønh cuĆÆm tƶĆø chƦ nĆ“i choĆ”n. at home / school / college / university / work ā€¦ at the top/bottom of (the page ā€¦) at the end of (the street ā€¦) at the front/back of (the line ā€¦) at/on the corner of the street Ex: Peterā€™s house is at the end of the street. The garden is at the back of the building. 1.2 GiĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian: IN, ON, AT a) IN: ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng - ƑeĆ„ chƦ buoĆ„i trong ngaĆøy noĆ¹i chung, thaĆ¹ng, naĆŖm, muĆøa, thaƤp nieĆ¢n, theĆ” kyĆ», thieĆ¢n nieĆ¢n kyĆ». in the morning / afternoon / evening in February, in 1999 in (the) spring / summer / autumn / winter in the 1990s, in the 21st century, in the 3rd millennium - Trong moƤt soĆ” cuĆÆm tƶĆø ƱeĆ„ chƦ moƤt khoaĆ»ng thĆ“Ćøi gian trong tƶƓng lai. in a few minutes, in an hour, in a day / week / month ā€¦ Ex: Daisy has gone away. Sheā€™ll be back in a week. (Daisy ƱaƵ Ʊi khoĆ»i. CoĆ¢ aĆ”y seƵ trĆ“Ć» veĆ  trong moƤt tuaĆ n.) - Trong cuĆÆm tƶĆø in the end vĆ“Ć¹i nghĆ³a cuoĆ”i cuĆøng (finally, at last), in time vĆ“Ć¹i nghĆ³a kĆ²p luĆ¹c. Ex: Peter got very angry. In the end, he walked out of the room. (Peter raĆ”t giaƤn. CuoĆ”i cuĆøng, noĆ¹ ra khoĆ»i phoĆøng.) Will you be home in time for dinner? (BaĆÆn seƵ veĆ  nhaĆø kĆ²p giĆ“Ćø aĆŖn toĆ”i?) * ChuĆ¹ yĆ¹: on time (ƱuĆ¹ng giĆ“Ćø) b) ON: ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng - ƑeĆ„ chƦ thĆ¶Ć¹ trong tuaĆ n, ngaĆøy trong thaĆ¹ng.
  • 32. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 32 on Monday, on 5th March, on this/that day Ex: I was born on 27th June, 1983. - ƑeĆ„ chƦ buoĆ„i trong ngaĆøy cuĆÆ theĆ„ hoaĆ«c moƤt ngaĆøy cuĆÆ theĆ„. on Friday morning / Christmas Day / New Yearā€™s Day / my birthday Ex: See you on Friday morning. c) AT: ƱƶƓĆÆc duĆøng - ƑeĆ„ chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian, caĆ¹c bƶƵa aĆŖn trong ngaĆøy. at 5 a.m., at sunrise / sunset / dawn / noon / twilight / night / midnight at breakfast / lunch / dinner / supper Ex: I get up at 5 oā€™clock every morning. - ƑeĆ„ chƦ moƤt dĆ²p leĆ£ hoƤi, moƤt thĆ“Ćøi khaĆ©c naĆøo ƱoĆ¹. at/on the weekend, at Christmas / Easter at present / the moment / the same time / this (that) time Ex: Mr. Brown is busy at the moment. - ƑeĆ„ taĆÆo thaĆønh caĆ¹c cuĆÆm giĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø. at the end/beginning of, at the age of, at first/last Ex: He came to live in London at the age of 25. * LƖU Yƙ: KHOƂNG duĆøng IN, ON, AT trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c all, every, this month/year, next, last, tomorrow, yesterday, today. Ex: He has worked hard all morning. (in all morning) I hope to see you next Friday. (on next Friday) * CaĆ¹c giĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø chƦ thĆ“Ćøi gian khaĆ¹c: FROM ā€¦ TO/UNTIL/TILL (tƶĆø ā€¦ ƱeĆ”n) (= BETWEEN ā€¦ AND) Ex: Every morning he plays tennis from 6 to 7. (Every morning he plays tennis between 6 and 7.) SINCE (tƶĆø khi - moĆ”c thĆ“Ćøi gian) Ex: Iā€™ve been waiting for her since 5pm. FOR (khoaĆ»ng) Ex: He has lived in Paris for three months. DURING (trong suoĆ”t) Ex: You have to be quiet during the performance. UNTIL/TILL (cho tĆ“Ć¹i khi) Ex: Sheā€™ll be here until Thursday. BY (vaĆøo khoaĆ»ng - trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c hoaĆ«c ƱeĆ”n moƤt thĆ“Ćøi ƱieĆ„m naĆøo ƱoĆ¹)
  • 33. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 33 Ex: You must be home by 9. BEFORE (trĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c luĆ¹c) / AFTER (sau khi) Ex: Come and see me before / after lunch. 2) GiĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø theo sau tĆ­nh tƶĆø: 1.1 Adj + TO acceptable: coĆ¹ theĆ„ chaĆ”p nhaƤn accustomed: quen agreeable: coĆ¹ theĆ„ ƱoĆ ng yĆ¹ applicable: coĆ¹ theĆ„ Ć¶Ć¹ng duĆÆng appropriate: thĆ­ch hĆ“ĆÆp contrary: traĆ¹i vĆ“Ć¹i dedicated: hieĆ”n daĆ¢ng essential: caĆ n thieĆ”t friendly (to/with): thaĆ¢n thieƤn generous: haĆøo phoĆ¹ng harmful: coĆ¹ haĆÆi important: quan troĆÆng kind: tƶƻ teĆ” known: ƱƶƓĆÆc bieĆ”t ƱeĆ”n likely: coĆ¹ khaĆ» naĆŖng/coĆ¹ theĆ„ thĆ­ch hĆ“ĆÆp loyal: trung thaĆønh lucky: may maĆ©n married: keĆ”t hoĆ¢n open: mĆ“Ć» pleasant: vui pleasing: laĆøm vui loĆøng polite: lĆ²ch sƶĆÆ preferable: thĆ­ch hĆ“n related: lieĆ¢n quan rude: thoĆ¢ loĆ£ similar: gioĆ”ng strange: xa laĆÆ subject: deĆ£ bĆ², khoĆ¹ traĆ¹nh true: trung thaĆønh 1.2 Adj + OF afraid: sĆ“ĆÆ aware: yĆ¹ thĆ¶Ć¹c boastful: khoe khoang capable: coĆ¹ khaĆ» naĆŖng careful(of/with/about): caĆ„n thaƤn careless: baĆ”t caĆ„n certain: chaĆ©c chaĆ©n confident: tin desirous: khao khaĆ¹t fond: thĆ­ch forgetful: queĆ¢n full: ƱaĆ y glad: vui mƶĆøng innocent: voĆ¢ toƤi jealous: ghen tĆ² proud: tƶĆÆ haĆøo sure(of/about): chaĆ©c chaĆ©n thoughtful: chu ƱaĆ¹o, aĆ¢n caĆ n Sthoughtless: khoĆ¢ng chu ƱaĆ¹o, aĆ¢n caĆ n tolerant: khoan dung worthy: xĆ¶Ć¹ng ƱaĆ¹ng 1.3 Adj + FOR anxious(for/about): lo aĆ¢u appropriate: thĆ­ch hĆ“ĆÆp available: coĆ¹ theĆ„ duĆøng ƱƶƓĆÆc difficult: khoĆ¹
  • 34. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 34 eager: haĆ¹o hĆ¶Ć¹c, haĆŖm hĆ“Ć» enough: ƱuĆ» famous: noĆ„i tieĆ”ng good (for health/so.): toĆ”t grateful (for s.th.): bieĆ”t Ć“n late: treĆ£ necessary: caĆ n thieĆ”t perfect: hoaĆøn haĆ»o responsible: coĆ¹ traĆ¹ch nhieƤm sorry: laĆ”y laĆøm thƶƓng haĆÆi sufficent: ƱaĆ y ƱuĆ» suitable(for/to): thĆ­ch hĆ“ĆÆp useful: coĆ¹ lĆ“ĆÆi Ć­ch 1.4 Adj + AT amazed(at/by): ngaĆÆc nhieĆ¢n angry (at/with s.o./to s.th.): giaƤn giƶƵ annoyed(at/by): bƶĆÆc mƬnh astonished(at/by): ngaĆÆc nhieĆ¢n bad(at s.th.): dĆ“Ć» clever: thoĆ¢ng minh excellent: xuaĆ”t saĆ©c good (at s.th.): gioĆ»i hopeless: voĆ¢ voĆÆng present: coĆ¹ maĆ«t quick: nhanh skilful: coĆ¹ naĆŖng khieĆ”u 1.5 Adj + WITH acquainted: quen annoyed: giaƤn bored / fed up: chaĆ¹n covered: bao phuĆ» crowded: ƱoĆ¢ng disappointed: thaĆ”t voĆÆng pleased: haĆøi loĆøng popular: noĆ„i tieĆ”ng satisfied: thoaĆ» maƵn 1.6 Adj + IN honest: lƶƓng thieƤn interested: thĆ­ch thuĆ¹ proficient (at/in): thaĆønh thaĆÆo rich: giaĆøu successful: thaĆønh coĆ¢ng weak: yeĆ”u keĆ¹m 1.7 Adj + FROM absent: vaĆ©ng different: khaĆ¹c distinct: khaĆ¹c bieƤt free: ƱƶƓĆÆc mieĆ£n safe: an toaĆøn separate: rieĆ¢ng leĆ» 1.8 Adj + ABOUT confused: boĆ”i roĆ”i curious: toĆø moĆø, hieĆ”u kyĆø enthusiastic: nhieƤt tƬnh excited: hĆ¶Ć¹ng thuĆ¹ happy: vui veĆ» sad: buoĆ n serious: Ć±Ć¶Ć¹ng ƱaĆ©n, nghieĆ¢m tuĆ¹c worried: boĆ n choĆ n, lo laĆ©ng 2) GiĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø theo sau ƱoƤng tƶĆø:
  • 35. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 35 accuse ā€¦ of: buoƤc toƤi apologise to ā€¦ for: xin loĆ£i apologize for: xin loĆ£i veĆ  apply for: noƤp ƱƓn xin vieƤc arrive in/at: ƱeĆ”n (nĆ“i) ask ā€¦ for: hoĆ»i ā€¦ cho believe in: tin tƶƓƻng vaĆøo belong to: thuoƤc veĆ  blame ā€¦ for: ƱoĆ„ loĆ£i borrow ā€¦ from: mƶƓĆÆn care about: quan taĆ¢m veĆ  care for: chaĆŖm soĆ¹c/thĆ­ch/yeĆ¢u caĆ u charge ā€¦ with: phaĆÆt come across: tƬnh cĆ“Ćø gaĆ«p complain to ā€¦ about: than phieĆ n concentrate on: taƤp trung congratulate ā€¦ on: chuĆ¹c mƶĆøng consist of: bao goĆ m crash into: va chaĆÆm vaĆøo deal with: giaĆ»i quyeĆ”t decide on: quyeĆ”t Ć±Ć²nh veĆ  depend on: thuoƤc vaĆøo die of: cheĆ”t vƬ divide into: chia (ra) dream of / about: mĆ“ veĆ  escape from: thoaĆ¹t khoĆ»i explain ā€¦ to: giaĆ»i thĆ­ch feel like: caĆ»m thaĆ”y nhƶ happen to: xaĆ»y ƱeĆ”n hear about/from/of: nghe veĆ  hope for: hi voĆÆng veĆ  insist on: khaĆŖng khaĆŖng invite ā€¦ to: mĆ“Ćøi laugh/smile at: cƶƓĆøi vaĆøo leave ā€¦ for: rĆ“Ćøi ā€¦ ƱeĆ„ ƱeĆ”n listen to: nghe live on: soĆ”ng nhĆ“Ćø vaĆøo look after: chaĆŖm soĆ¹c look around: nhƬn quanh look at: nhƬn look back on: nhƬn veĆ  quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ look down on: khinh reĆ» look for: tƬm look forward to: mong ƱƓĆÆi look into: ƱieĆ u tra object to: phaĆ»n ƱoĆ”i participate in: tham gia vaĆøo pay for: traĆ» tieĆ n cho point / aim at: chƦ ā€¦ vaĆøo prefer ā€¦ to: thĆ­ch ā€¦ hĆ“n prepare for: chuaĆ„n bĆ² provide ā€¦ with: cung caĆ”p regard ā€¦ as: coi ā€¦ nhƶ rely ā€¦ on: dƶĆÆa vaĆøo remind ā€¦ of: nhaĆ©c nhĆ“Ć» result from: do bĆ“Ć»i result in: gaĆ¢y ra run into: tƬnh cĆ“Ćø gaĆ«p search for: tƬm kieĆ”m send for: cho mĆ“Ćøi (ai) ƱeĆ”n shout at: la, heĆ¹t speak/talk to: noĆ¹i vĆ“Ć¹i spend ā€¦ on: chi tieĆ¢u ā€¦ cho succeed in: thaĆønh coĆ¢ng veĆ  suffer from: Ʊau, chĆ²u ƱƶĆÆng take after: gioĆ”ng think about / of: nghĆ³ veĆ  throw ā€¦ at: neĆ¹m ā€¦ vaĆøo translate ā€¦ from ā€¦ into:dĆ²chā€¦tƶĆøā€¦sang wait for: chĆ“Ćø warn ā€¦ about: caĆ»nh baĆ¹o ā€¦ veĆ  write to: vieĆ”t thƶ cho
  • 36. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 36 * LƖU Yƙ: ƑoƤng tƶĆø hai chƶƵ Ʊi vĆ“Ć¹i GO go after: ƱuoĆ„i theo, theo sau go ahead: tieĆ”n haĆønh, thaĆŗng tieĆ”n go along: tieĆ”n trieĆ„n go away: Ʊi khoĆ»i go back: trĆ“Ć» veĆ  go by: (thĆ“Ćøi gian) troĆ¢i qua go down: (giaĆ¹ caĆ») giaĆ»m (# go up) go off: chaĆ¹y, noĆ„ go on: xaĆ»y ra, dieĆ£n ra, tieĆ”p tuĆÆc go out: taĆ©t, bĆ² daĆ«p taĆ©t go over: xem xeĆ¹t, kieĆ„m tra kyƵ go with: hĆ“ĆÆp vĆ“Ć¹i 4) V + N + GiĆ“Ć¹i tƶĆø: catch sight of: thoaĆ¹ng thaĆ”y give place to: daĆønh choĆ£ cho give way to: nhƶƓĆÆng boƤ keep pace with: theo kĆ²p lose sight of: maĆ”t huĆ¹t lose touch with: maĆ”t lieĆ¢n laĆÆc vĆ“Ć¹i lose track of: queĆ¢n maĆ”t make allowance for: chieĆ”u coĆ” ƱeĆ”n make fun of: choĆÆc gheĆÆo, cheĆ” nhaĆÆo make a fuss over/about: laĆøm loƤn xoƤn make room for: nhƶƓĆøng choĆ£ cho make use of: sƶƻ duĆÆng, taƤn duĆÆng pay attention to: chuĆ¹ yĆ¹ ƱeĆ”n put a stop to: chaĆ”m dĆ¶Ć¹t put an end to: chaĆ”m dĆ¶Ć¹t set fire to: laĆøm chaĆ¹y, ƱoĆ”t take account of: tĆ­nh ƱeĆ”n take advantage of: lĆ“ĆÆi duĆÆng,taƤn duĆÆng take care of: chaĆŖm soĆ¹c take note of: ghi chuĆ¹, ghi nhaƤn take notice of: lƶu yĆ¹, ƱeĆ„ yĆ¹ Better than never. ThaĆø muoƤn coĆøn hĆ“n khoĆ¢ng BaĆøi 11: SO SAƙNH TƍNH TƖƘ VAƘ TRAƏNG TƖƘ I- So saĆ¹nh baĆØng: 1) CaĆ¢u khaĆŗng Ć±Ć²nh: as + adj/adv + as (baĆØng/nhƶ) Ex: Iā€™m as tall as Tom. (ToĆ¢i cao baĆØng Tom.) John works as hard as his father. (John laĆøm vieƤc chaĆŖm chƦ nhƶ cha cuĆ»a anh aĆ”y.) 2) CaĆ¢u phuĆ» Ć±Ć²nh: not as/so + adj/adv + as (khoĆ¢ng baĆØng/nhƶ) Ex: This watch is not as/so expensive as mine. (= my watch) (ƑoĆ ng hoĆ  naĆøy khoĆ¢ng ƱaĆ©t nhƶ cuĆ»a toĆ¢i.) She doesnā€™t sing as/so well as her sister. (CoĆ¢ aĆ”y haĆ¹t khoĆ¢ng hay baĆØng chĆ² coĆ¢ aĆ”y.)
  • 37. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 37 * LƖU Yƙ: - Khi so saĆ¹nh danh tƶĆø vĆ“Ć¹i nghĆ³a gioĆ”ng/baĆØng hay khoĆ¢ng gioĆ”ng/khoĆ¢ng baĆØng, ta coĆ¹ theĆ„ duĆøng caĆ”u truĆ¹c: (not) + the same + (noun) + as Ex: He is the same age as I am. (Anh ta baĆØng tuoĆ„i toĆ¢i.) Annā€™s salary isnā€™t the same as Janeā€™s. (LƶƓng cuĆøa Ann khoĆ¢ng baĆØng lƶƓng cuĆ»a Jane.) - CoĆ¹ theĆ„ duĆøng less + adj/adv + than (keĆ¹m ā€¦ hĆ“n) thay cho not as/so + adj/adv + as Ex: This watch is less expensive than mine. She sings less well than her sister. - Khi noĆ¹i gaĆ”p bao nhieĆ¢u laĆ n, ta duĆøng caĆ”u truĆ¹c ā€¦ times as + adj/adv + as. Ex: Their house is three times as big as ours. (NhaĆø cuĆ»a hoĆÆ lĆ“Ć¹n gaĆ”p ba laĆ n nhaĆø chuĆ¹ng ta.) II- So saĆ¹nh hĆ“n: 1) TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø ngaĆ©n: adj/adv + ER + than TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø ngaĆ©n laĆø tƶĆø coĆ¹ moƤt vaĆ n hay hai vaĆ n taƤn cuĆøng baĆØng ā€œyā€. fast ---> faster cold ---> colder thick ---> thicker lucky ---> luckier happy ---> happier dry ---> drier ā€¦ Ex: John is stronger than his brother. (John khoeĆ» hĆ“n anh cuĆ»a caƤu aĆ”y.) This athlete runs faster than that one. 2) TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø daĆøi: more + adj/adv + than TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø daĆøi laĆø tƶĆø coĆ¹ hai vaĆ n trĆ“Ć» leĆ¢n. modern, patient, difficult, fluently, beautifully, ā€¦ Ex: This problem is more difficult than we thought. (VaĆ”n ƱeĆ  naĆøy khoĆ¹ hĆ“n chuĆ¹ng ta nghĆ³.) He speaks English more fluently than his friend. (Anh ta noĆ¹i tieĆ”ng Anh troĆ¢i chaĆ»y hĆ“n baĆÆn cuĆ»a anh ta.) III- So saĆ¹nh nhaĆ”t: 1) TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø ngaĆ©n: the + adj/adv + EST cold ---> the coldest thick ---> the thickest fast ---> fastest lucky ---> the luckiest happy ---> the happiest ā€¦.. Ex: Yesterday was the hottest day of the year.
  • 38. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 38 (HoĆ¢m qua laĆø ngaĆøy noĆ¹ng nhaĆ”t trong naĆŖm.) 2) TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø daĆøi: the + MOST + adj/adv Ex: She is the most beautiful girl in the class. (CoĆ¢ aĆ”y laĆø coĆ¢ gaĆ¹i ƱeĆÆp nhaĆ”t trong lĆ“Ć¹p.) * LƖU Yƙ: - Ta coĆ¹ theĆ„ duĆøng the least ƱeĆ„ chƦ mĆ¶Ć¹c ƱoƤ keĆ¹m ā€¦ nhaĆ”t. Ex: This story is the least interesting of all. (ƑaĆ¢y laĆø caĆ¢u chuyeƤn keĆ¹m thuĆ¹ vĆ² nhaĆ”t trong caĆ¹c caĆ¢u chuyeƤn.) - TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø baĆ”t qui taĆ©c TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø So saĆ¹nh hĆ“n So saĆ¹nh nhaĆ”t good/well (toĆ”t) better the best bad/badly (xaĆ”u, dĆ“Ć») worse the worst far (xa) farther/further the farthest/furthest little (Ć­t) less the least many/much (nhieĆ u) more the most IV- CaĆ¹c daĆÆng so saĆ¹nh khaĆ¹c: 1) CaĆøng ngaĆøy caĆøng ā€¦ - TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø ngaĆ©n: adj/adv + ER and adj/adv + ER Ex: Betty is younger and younger. (Betty caĆøng ngaĆøy caĆøng treĆ».) He runs faster and faster. (Anh ta chaĆÆy caĆøng ngaĆøy caĆøng nhanh.) - TĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø daĆøi: more and more + adj/adv Ex: My wife is more and more beautiful. (VĆ“ĆÆ cuĆ»a toĆ¢i caĆøng ngaĆøy caĆøng ƱeĆÆp.) They work more and more carefully. (HoĆÆ laĆøm vieƤc caĆøng ngaĆøy caĆøng caĆ„n thaƤn.) 2) CaĆøng ā€¦ caĆøng ā€¦ - The more + S + V, the more + S + V Ex: The more I know him, the more I like him. (CaĆøng bieĆ”t anh aĆ”y, toĆ¢i caĆøng thĆ­ch anh aĆ”y.) - The + SS hĆ“n + S + V, the + SS hĆ“n + S + V Ex: The older he gets, the weaker he is. (OƂng ta caĆøng giaĆø caĆøng yeĆ”u.) The more beautiful she is, the more miserable her parents are.
  • 39. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 39 (CoĆ¢ ta caĆøng ƱeĆÆp thƬ cha meĆÆ coĆ¢ ta caĆøng khoĆ„.) - The more + S + V, the adj + ER + S + V Ex: The more he works, the richer he is. (OƂng ta caĆøng laĆøm caĆøng giaĆøu.) - The adj + ER + S + V, the more + S + V Ex: The hotter it is, the more tired I feel. (TrĆ“Ćøi caĆøng noĆ¹ng toĆ¢i caĆøng thaĆ”y meƤt.) V- Qui taĆ©c theĆ¢m ER vaĆø EST ƱoĆ”i vĆ“Ć¹i tĆ­nh tƶĆø/traĆÆng tƶĆø ngaĆ©n: 1) TƶĆø taƤn cuĆøng baĆØng ā€œeā€ hay phuĆÆ aĆ¢m + ā€œyā€ Ex: large lager largest easy easier easiest 2) GaĆ”p ƱoĆ¢i phuĆÆ aĆ¢m: Ex: hot hotter hottest Misfortune has its uses. Trong caĆ¹i ruĆ»i coĆ¹ caĆ¹i may. BaĆøi 12: CAƙCH THAƘNH LAƄP TƖƘ MoƤt tƶĆø coĆ¹ theĆ„ ƱƶƓĆÆc thaĆønh laƤp baĆØng caĆ¹ch theĆ¢m vaĆøo tieĆ”p ƱaĆ u ngƶƵ hoaĆ«c tieĆ”p vĆ³ ngƶƵ. I- DANH TƖƘ: 1) TieĆ n toĆ”: super-/under-/sur-/sub-/over- + N ---> N DANH TƖƘ NGHƓA DANH TƖƘ NGHƓA overdose sƶƻ duĆÆng quaĆ¹ lieĆ u surface beĆ  maĆ«t overexpenditure chi tieĆ¢u quaĆ¹ mĆ¶Ć¹c supermarket sieĆ¢u thĆ² overproduction saĆ»n xuaĆ”t vƶƓĆÆt mĆ¶Ć¹c underachievement ƱaĆÆt dĆ¶Ć“Ć¹i mĆ¶Ć¹c subcontinent tieĆ„u luĆÆc Ć±Ć²a undercurrent doĆøng nĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c ngaĆ m subway taĆøu ƱieƤn ngaĆ m undergrowth buĆÆi raƤm superman sieĆ¢u nhaĆ¢n underpass ƱƶƓĆøng chui 2) HaƤu toĆ”: a) V + -ion/-tion/-ation/-ition/-sion ---> N ƑoƤng tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a ƑoƤng tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a add addition sƶĆÆ theĆ¢m vaĆøo permit permission sƶĆÆ cho pheĆ¹p combine combination sƶĆÆ keĆ”t hĆ“ĆÆp pollute pollution sƶĆÆ oĆ¢ nhieĆ£m
  • 40. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 40 conserve conservation sƶĆÆ baĆ»o toĆ n preserve preservation sƶĆÆ baĆ»o quaĆ»n correct correction sƶĆÆ sƶƻa chƶƵa prevent prevention ngaĆŖn ngƶĆøa decide decision quyeĆ”t Ć±Ć²nh produce production saĆ»n xuaĆ”t discuss discussion thaĆ»o luaƤn provide provision sƶĆÆ cung caĆ”p inform information thoĆ¢ng tin repeat repetition sƶĆÆ laĆ«p laĆÆi invite invitation lĆ“Ćøi mĆ“Ćøi rotate rotation luaĆ¢n phieĆ¢n b) V + -ment/-ance/-ence/-age/-ery/-ing/-al ---> N ƑoƤng tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a ƑoƤng tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a accept acceptance chaĆ”p nhaƤn enrich enrichment sƶĆÆ laĆøm giaĆøu achieve achievement thaĆønh tƶĆÆu exist existence sƶĆÆ toĆ n taĆÆi arrange arrangement sƶĆÆ saĆ©p ƱaĆ«t feel feeling caĆ»m xuĆ¹c arrive arrival sƶĆÆ Ć±eĆ”n improve improvement sƶĆÆ caĆ»i thieƤn attend attendance sƶĆÆ coĆ¹ maĆ«t move movement sƶĆÆ di chuyeĆ„n build building toaĆø nhaĆø pay payment sƶĆÆ traĆ» tieĆ n depend dependence sƶĆÆ leƤ thuoƤc perform performance maĆøn trƬnh dieĆ£n develop development sƶĆÆ phaĆ¹t trieĆ„n poison poisoning laĆøm nhieĆ£m ƱoƤc differ difference sƶĆÆ khaĆ¹c nhau recycle recycling vieƤc taĆ¹i sƶƻ duĆÆng disappoint disappointment thaĆ”t voĆÆng refuse refusal tƶĆø choĆ”i discover discovery khaĆ¹m phaĆ¹ rob robbery vuĆÆ cĆ¶Ć“Ć¹p drain drainage sƶĆÆ thaĆ¹o nĆ¶Ć“Ć¹c teach teaching daĆÆy hoĆÆc employ employment vieƤc laĆøm use usage caĆ¹ch duĆøng c) V + -er/-or/-ar/-ant/-ent/-ee/ ---> N ƑoƤng tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a ƑoƤng tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a account accountant keĆ” toaĆ¹n employ employee ngƶƓĆøi laĆøm coĆ¢ng
  • 41. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 41 act actor dieĆ£n vieĆ¢n nam fertilize fertilizer phaĆ¢n boĆ¹n apply applicant ngƶƓĆøi xin vieƤc inhabit inhabitant cƶ daĆ¢n assist assistant ngƶƓĆøi phuĆÆ taĆ¹ instruct instructor ngƶƓĆøi hĆ¶Ć“Ć¹ng daĆ£n attend attendant ngƶƓĆøi tham dƶĆÆ interview interviewee ngƶƓĆøi ƱƶƓĆÆc phoĆ»ng vaĆ”n beg beggar ngƶƓĆøi aĆŖn xin own owner ngƶƓĆøi chuĆ» build builder thĆ“ĆÆ xaĆ¢y pay payee ngƶƓĆøi ƱƶƓĆÆc traĆ» tieĆ n calculate calculator maĆ¹y tĆ­nh serve servant ngƶƓĆøi giuĆ¹p vieƤc contest contestant ngƶƓĆøi dƶĆÆ thi sing singer ca sĆ³ cook cooker beĆ”p naĆ”u aĆŖn teach teacher giaĆ¹o vieĆ¢n deposit depositor ngƶƓĆøi gĆ“Ć»i tieĆ n train trainee ngƶƓĆøi ƱƶƓĆÆc ƱaĆøo taĆÆo drive driver taĆøi xeĆ” walk walker ngƶƓĆøi Ʊi boƤ edit editor bieĆ¢n taƤp vieĆ¢n work worker coĆ¢ng nhaĆ¢n d) N + -ist/-an/-ian/-ess ---> N Danh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a Danh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a act actress nƶƵ dieĆ£n vieĆ¢n music musician nhaĆÆc sĆ³ America American ngƶƓĆøi MyƵ physics physicist nhaĆø vaƤt lyĆ¹ history historian nhaĆø sƶƻ hoĆÆc prince princess coĆ¢ng chuĆ¹a host hostess baĆø chuĆ» nhaĆø science scientist nhaĆø khoa hoĆÆc journal journalist nhaĆø baĆ¹o tiger tigeress coĆÆp caĆ¹i library librarian thuĆ» thƶ tour tourist khaĆ¹ch du lĆ²ch lion lioness sƶ tƶƻ caĆ¹i wait waitress nƶƵ haĆ u baĆøn e) N + -ism/-ship ---> N Danh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a Danh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a capital capitalism CN tƶ baĆ»n hero heroism CN anh huĆøng champion championship chĆ¶Ć¹c voĆ¢ Ć±Ć²ch scholar scholarship hoĆÆc toĆ„ng friend friendship tƬnh baĆÆn sportsman sportsmanship tinh thaĆ n theĆ„ thao
  • 42. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 42 f) Adj + -y/-ity/-ty/-cy/-ness/-ism/-dom ---> N TĆ­nh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a able ability khaĆ» naĆŖng dark darkness boĆ¹ng toĆ”i certain certainty sƶĆÆ chaĆ©c chaĆ©n popular popularity sƶĆÆ phoĆ„ bieĆ”n clear clarity sƶĆÆ roƵ raĆøng careful carefulness sƶĆÆ caĆ„n thaƤn difficult difficulty khoĆ¹ khaĆŖn rich richness sƶĆÆ giaĆøu coĆ¹ fluent fluency sƶĆÆ troĆ¢i chaĆ»y careless carelessness sƶĆÆ baĆ”t caĆ„n national nationality quoĆ”c tĆ²ch sad sadness sƶĆÆ buoĆ n baƵ possible possibility sƶĆÆ coĆ¹ theĆ„ ill/sick illness/sickness sƶĆÆ Ć±au yeĆ”u real reality sƶĆÆ thaƤt cold coldness sƶĆÆ laĆÆnh leƵo responsible responsibility traĆ¹ch nhieƤm happy happiness sƶĆÆ haĆÆnh phuĆ¹c stupid stupidity sƶĆÆ Ć±aĆ n ƱoƤn free freedom sƶĆÆ tƶĆÆ do g) Adj taƤn cuĆøng ā€œentā€ ---> ā€œenceā€ TĆ­nh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø Danh tƶĆø NghĆ³a absent absence sƶĆÆ vaĆ©ng maĆ«t intelligent intelligence sƶĆÆ thoĆ¢ng minh confident confidence sƶĆÆ tƶĆÆ tin patient patience sƶĆÆ kieĆ¢n nhaĆ£n diligent diligence sƶĆÆ sieĆ¢ng naĆŖng silent silence sƶĆÆ yeĆ¢n laĆ«ng independent independence sƶĆÆ Ć±oƤc laƤp violent violence sƶĆÆ baĆÆo lƶĆÆc II- ƑOƄNG TƖƘ: 1) TieĆ n toĆ”: a) dis-/mis-/re-/over-/under-/out- + V ---> V ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a disagree khoĆ¢ng ƱoĆ ng yĆ¹ outnumber nhieĆ u/ ƱoĆ¢ng hĆ“n rewrite vieĆ”t laĆÆi
  • 43. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 43 disappear bieĆ”n maĆ”t outrun chaĆÆy nhanh hĆ“n undercharge tĆ­nh giaĆ¹ quaĆ¹ thaĆ”p dislike khoĆ¢ng thĆ­ch outweigh naĆ«ng hĆ“n undercook naĆ”u chƶa chĆ­n misbehave cƶ xƶƻ sai overact cƶƓĆøng ƱieƤu underdo laĆøm khoĆ¢ng troĆÆn veĆÆn misspell ƱaĆ¹nh vaĆ n nhaĆ m overcook naĆ”u quaĆ¹ chĆ­n underestimate ƱaĆ¹nh giaĆ¹ thaĆ”p misunderstand hieĆ„u nhaĆ m overstay Ć“Ć» quaĆ¹ laĆ¢u underfeed cho aĆŖn khoĆ¢ng ƱuĆ» misuse sƶƻ duĆÆng sai overwork laĆøm vieƤc quaĆ¹ laĆ¢u, quaĆ¹ sĆ¶Ć¹c underlay ƱaĆ«t Ć“Ć» dĆ¶Ć“Ć¹i outgrow lĆ“Ć¹n/phaĆ¹t trieĆ„n hĆ“n redo laĆøm laĆÆi undersell baĆ¹n reĆ» hĆ“n outlive soĆ”ng laĆ¢u hĆ“n remarry keĆ”t hoĆ¢n laĆ n nƶƵa undersign kyĆ¹ Ć“Ć» dĆ¶Ć“Ć¹i b) en- + N/V/Adj ---> V ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a enable laĆøm cho coĆ¹ theĆ„ (laĆøm gƬ) enclose gĆ“Ć»i keĆøm enlarge mĆ“Ć» roƤng enact ban haĆønh (luaƤt) endanger gaĆ¢y nguy hieĆ„m enrich laĆøm giaĆøu 2) HaƤu toĆ”: Adj/N + -ize/-en/-ate/-fy ---> V Adj/N ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a Adj/N ƑoƤng tƶĆø NghĆ³a beauty beautify laĆøm ƱeĆÆp origin originate baĆ©t nguoĆ n bright brighten laĆøm raĆÆng rƓƵ real realize nhaƤn ra industrial industrialize CN hoaĆ¹ sharp sharpen laĆøm cho saĆ©c, nhoĆÆn legal legalize hĆ“ĆÆp phaĆ¹p hoaĆ¹ short shorten laĆøm ngaĆ©n laĆÆi less lessen giaĆ»m bĆ“Ć¹t tight tighten sieĆ”t chaĆ«t light lighten laĆøm nheĆÆ Ć±i weak weaken laĆøm yeĆ”u Ʊi loose loosen laĆøm loĆ»ng ra white whiten laĆøm traĆ©ng
  • 44. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 44 modren modernize hieƤn ƱaĆÆi hoaĆ¹ wide widen laĆøm roƤng ra III- TƍNH TƖƘ: 1) TieĆ n toĆ”: a) un-/in-/im-/ir-/il-/dis- + Adj ---> Adj TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a dishonest khoĆ¢ng trung thƶĆÆc incomplete khoĆ¢ng ƱaĆ y ƱuĆ» unemployed thaĆ”t nghieƤp illegal baĆ”t hĆ“ĆÆp phaĆ¹p inconvenient baĆ”t tieƤn unequal khoĆ¢ng bƬnh ƱaĆŗng illogical khoĆ¢ng hĆ“ĆÆp lyĆ¹ independent ƱoƤc laƤp unhappy khoĆ¢ng haĆÆnh phuĆ¹c immature chƶa chĆ­n chaĆ©n indivisible khoĆ¢ng theĆ„ chia ƱƶƓĆÆc unlucky khoĆ¢ng may impatient khoĆ¢ng kieĆ¢n nhaĆ£n inexact khoĆ¢ng chĆ­nh xaĆ¹c unreal khoĆ¢ng thaƤt impossible khoĆ¢ng theĆ„ irregular baĆ”t qui taĆ©c unsatisfactory khoĆ¢ng haĆøi loĆøng impractical khoĆ¢ng thƶĆÆc teĆ” irresponsible voĆ¢ traĆ¹ch nhieƤm untrue khoĆ¢ng ƱuĆ¹ng b) inter-/super-/under-/over-/sub- + Adj/N ---> Adj TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a international quoĆ”c teĆ” overnight quaĆ¹ ƱeĆ¢m supernatural sieĆ¢u nhieĆ¢n overanxious quaĆ¹ lo aĆ¢u overseas haĆ»i ngoaĆÆi supersonic sieĆ¢u aĆ¢m overconfident quaĆ¹ tƶĆÆ tin oversized quaĆ¹ cƓƵ undercover kĆ­n,bĆ­ maƤt overcrowded quaĆ¹ ƱoĆ¢ng overweight quaĆ¹ caĆ¢n, beĆ¹o phƬ underdeveloped keĆ¹m phaĆ¹t trieĆ„n overelaborate quaĆ¹ tƦ mƦ subconscious tieĆ m thĆ¶Ć¹c underpaid traĆ» thaĆ”p quaĆ¹ overjealous quaĆ¹ ghen subnormal dĆ¶Ć“Ć¹i bƬnh thƶƓĆøng underweight nheĆÆ caĆ¢n, thieĆ”u caĆ¢n overjoyed quaĆ¹ vui superhuman sieĆ¢u phaĆøm 2) HaƤu toĆ”: a) N + -ly/-like/-less/-ish/-y/-ful/-al/-ic/ ---> Adj
  • 45. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 45 TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a manly coĆ¹ tĆ­nh caĆ¹ch ƱaĆøn oĆ¢ng dusty coĆ¹ buĆÆi brotherly thuoƤc veĆ  anh em snowy coĆ¹ tuyeĆ”t worldly thuoƤc veĆ  theĆ” giĆ“Ć¹i rainy coĆ¹ mƶa hourly haĆØng giĆ“Ćø sandy coĆ¹ caĆ¹t yearly haĆØng naĆŖm dirty baĆ„n daily haĆØng ngaĆøy healthy khoeĆ» maĆÆnh childlike nhƶ con nĆ­t magical tuyeƤt vĆ“Ćøi godlike nhƶ thaĆ n thaĆ¹nh agricultural noĆ¢ng nghieƤp statesmanlike nhƶ nhaĆø chĆ¶Ć¹c traĆ¹ch industrial coĆ¢ng nghieƤp lifelike gioĆ”ng nhƶ thaƤt natural thieĆ¢n nhieĆ¢n speechless khoĆ¢ng lĆ“Ćøi national thuoƤc quoĆ”c gia carelesss khoĆ¢ng caĆ„n thaƤn harmful coĆ¹ haĆÆi harmless khoĆ¢ng ƱoƤc haĆÆi useful coĆ¹ Ć­ch childless khoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ con delightful vui veĆ» treeless khoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ caĆ¢y successful thaĆønh coĆ¢ng odourless khoĆ¢ng muĆøi vĆ² hopeful hi voĆÆng foolish ƱieĆ¢n daĆÆi helpful hay giuĆ¹p ƱƓƵ selfish Ć­ch kyĆ» peaceful hoaĆø bƬnh childish coĆ¹ tĆ­nh caĆ¹ch treĆ» con scientific khoa hoĆÆc b) V/N + -ive/-able/-ible ---> Adj TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a TĆ­nh tƶĆø NghĆ³a acceptable coĆ¹ theĆ„ chaĆ”p nhaƤn defensible coĆ¹ theĆ„ baĆ»o veƤ ƱƶƓĆÆc achievable coĆ¹ theĆ„ ƱaĆÆt ƱƶƓĆÆc eatable coĆ¹ theĆ„ aĆŖn ƱƶƓĆÆc active naĆŖng ƱoƤng effective hieƤu quaĆ» agreeable taĆ¹n thaĆønh excusable coĆ¹ theĆ„ tha thĆ¶Ć¹ attractive haĆ”p daĆ£n informative coĆ¹ nhieĆ u thoĆ¢ng tin comprehensible coĆ¹ theĆ„ hieĆ„u manageable coĆ¹ theĆ„ quaĆ»n lyĆ¹ countable coĆ¹ theĆ„ ƱeĆ”m washable coĆ¹ theĆ„ giaĆ«t ƱƶƓĆÆc IV- TRAƏNG TƖƘ: PhaĆ n lĆ“Ć¹n: Adj + -ly ---> Adv (xem BaĆøi 10, III, 1.1) Never quit certainty for hope. ThaĆ» moĆ i baĆ©t boĆ¹ng.
  • 46. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 46 BaĆøi 13: CHUYEƅN ƑOƅI CAƂU CaĆ¹c daĆÆng bieĆ”n ƱoĆ„i caĆ¢u thƶƓĆøng gaĆ«p 1) ChuĆ» ƱoƤng ā€“ bĆ² ƱoƤng: (xem laĆÆi BaĆøi 2) 2) TrƶĆÆc tieĆ”p ā€“ giaĆ¹n tieĆ”p: (xem laĆÆi BaĆøi 4) 3) ƑaĆ»o ngƶƵ: (xem laĆÆi BaĆøi 6) 4) MeƤnh ƱeĆ  traĆÆng tƶĆø chƦ lyĆ¹ do, sƶĆÆ nhƶƓĆÆng boƤ:(xem laĆÆi BaĆøi 8, II, 3&7) though/although/even though + S + V ---> despite/in spite of + V-ing/N/N phrase * LƖU Yƙ: BUT ---> ALTHOUGH Ex: Cars cause pollution but people still want them. ---> Although cars cause pollution, people still want them. 5) So saĆ¹nh: (xem theĆ¢m BaĆøi 11, so saĆ¹nh baĆØng/nhaĆ”t/hĆ“n) Ex: Mary is not as tall as Alice. ---> Mary is not so tall as Alice. ---> Mary is less tall than Alice. ---> Alice is taller than Mary. 6) ƑieĆ u kieƤn: (xem laĆÆi BaĆøi 5, caĆ¢u ƑK loaĆÆi 2 vaĆø 3) 1.1 KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» hieƤn taĆÆi: Ex: Iā€™m busy. I donā€™t go to the concert. ---> If I were not busy, I would go to the concert. ---> Unless I were busy, I would go to the concert. 1.2 KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹: Ex: Peter missed the train because he woke up too late. ---> If Peter hadnā€™t woken up too late, he wouldnā€™t have missed the train. ---> Unless Peter had woken up too late, he wouldnā€™t have missed the train. 7) Ao Ć¶Ć“Ć¹c: (xem laĆÆi BaĆøi 5, caĆ¢u ao Ć¶Ć“Ć¹c) 7.1 KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» hieƤn taĆÆi: Ex: Tom is not happy because his girlfriend is not here. ---> Tom wishes his girlfriend were here. 1.1 KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹: Ex: I am sorry I missed your wedding party. ---> I wish I hadnā€™t missed your wedding party. 1.2 KhoĆ¢ng coĆ¹ thaƤt Ć“Ć» tƶƓng lai: Ex: They will not attend my birthday party next week. ---> I wish they would attend my birthday party next week.
  • 47. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 47 8) ThueĆ¢/nhĆ“Ćø ai laĆøm vieƤc gƬ: (xem theĆ¢m BaĆøi 2, 4.2) S + V + O ---> S + have + O + V ---> S + have + O + V3/ed ---> S + get + O + to V ---> S + get + O + V3/ed Ex: The machanic repairs my car every month. ---> I have the machanic repair my car every month. ---> I get the machanic to repair my car every month. ---> I have/get my car repaired by the mechanic every month. 9) ƑeĆ  nghĆ², lĆ“Ćøi khuyeĆ¢n: Letā€™s + V S + advise/suggest + V-ing How/What about + V-ing? S + advise + O + to V Would you mind + V-ing? S + suggest (that) + S (+ should) + V Why donā€™t we/you + V? Ex: Letā€™s go for a ride! ---> What about going for a ride? Please donā€™t play the music so loudly. ---> Would you mind not playing the music so loudly? 10) NguyeĆ¢n nhaĆ¢n ā€“ keĆ”t quaĆ»: so + adj/adv + that clause such (a/an) + adj + N + that clause too + adj/adv (+ for O) + to + V not + adj + enough (+ for O) + to + V Ex: The water was so cold that the children couldnā€™t swim in it. ---> It was such cold water that the children couldnā€™t swim in it. ---> The water was too cold for the children to swim in. ---> The water is not warm enough for the children to swim in. * LƖU Yƙ: - Trong caĆ”u truĆ¹c so/such ā€¦ that, ta giƶƵ laĆÆi tƶĆø ā€œitā€. - Trong caĆ”u truĆ¹c too ā€¦ to vaĆø not ā€¦ enough ā€¦ to, ta boĆ» tƶĆø ā€œitā€. 11) MuĆÆc Ʊƭch/nguyeĆ¢n nhaĆ¢n: S + V + to/in order to/so as to + V S + V + so that/in order that + S + can/could + V S + V + because + S + V Ex: They started early to go to school on time. ---> They started early so that they could go to school on time. ---> They started early because they wanted to go to school on time.
  • 48. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 48 12) LaĆ n thĆ¶Ć¹ ā€¦ (laĆøm chuyeƤn gƬ): S + have/had + never + V3/ed S + have/had + not + V3/ed + before ---> It/This is/was the first time (that) + S + have/had + V3/ed Ex: I have not eaten this kind of food before. ---> This is the first time that I have eaten this kind of food. 13) Yƙ kieĆ”n/ƱaĆ¹nh giaĆ¹ moƤt sƶĆÆ vieƤc: It + be + adj (for O) + to V ---> To V/V-ing + be + adj (for O) Ex: It is not easy for me to master English. ---> To master/Mastering English is not easy for me. It is more dangerous to drive a motorbike than to drive a car. ---> To drive a motorbike is more dangerous than to drive a car. ---> Driving a motorbike is more dangerous than driving a car. 14) MaĆ”t ā€¦ (thĆ“Ćøi gian) laĆøm vieƤc gƬ: S + spend + time + V-ing hoaĆ«c S + last + time ---> It + takes/took + O + time + to V Ex: He spent 15 minutes finishing this exercise. ---> It took him 15 minutes to finish this exercise. The flight to Hong Kong lasts about 8 hours. ---> It takes about 8 hours to fly to Hong Kong. 15) ThoĆ¹i quen hieƤn taĆÆi vaĆø trong quaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹: S + often/usually + V S + find + it + adj + to V ---> S + be used to + V-ing Ex: They usually drink beer. ---> They are used to drinking beer. I donā€™t find it difficult to get up early. ---> I am used to getting up early. S + used to + V ---> S + no longer + V = S + not ā€¦ any more/any longer Ex: He used to smoke cigarettes. ---> He no longer smokes cigarettes. ---> He doesnā€™t smoke cigarettes any more / any longer. * LƖU Yƙ: be used to + V/ be used for + V-ing: coĆ¢ng duĆÆng moƤt vaƤt
  • 49. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 49 Ex: What is money used for? ---> It is used to buy or sell goods. ---> It is used for buying or selling goods. You are never too old to learn. HoĆÆc khoĆ¢ng bao giĆ“Ćø muoƤn. PHUƏ LUƏC 1: ƑOƄNG TƖƘ BAƁT QUY TAƉC THƖƔƘNG GAƋP HieƤn taĆÆi QuaĆ¹ khĆ¶Ć¹ QK PT NghĆ³a am/is/are was/were been thƬ, laĆø, Ć“Ć» arise Arose arisen xuaĆ”t hieƤn bear Bore borne sinh ra beat Beat beaten ƱaĆ¹nh, ƱaƤp become Became become trĆ“Ć» neĆ¢n begin Began begun baĆ©t ƱaĆ u bend Bent bent cuĆ¹i, gaƤp bet Bet bet ƱaĆ¹nh cuoƤc bite Bit bitten caĆ©n bleed Bled bled chaĆ»y maĆ¹u blow Blew blown thoĆ„i break Broke broken laĆøm vƓƵ breed Bred bred nuoĆ¢i bring Brought brought mang build Built built xaĆ¢y dƶĆÆng burn* Burnt burnt ƱoĆ”t chaĆ¹y burst Burst burst bƶĆøng chaĆ¹y buy bought bought mua catch Caught caught baĆ©t ƱƶƓĆÆc choose Chose chosen choĆÆn lƶĆÆa come Came come ƱeĆ”n cost Cost cost trĆ² giaĆ¹ creep Crept crept boĆø cut Cut cut caĆ©t dig Dug dug ƱaĆøo do Did done laĆøm
  • 50. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 50 draw Drew drawn veƵ dream* Dreamt dreamt mĆ“ drink Drank drunk uoĆ”ng drive Drove driven laĆ¹i xe eat ate eaten aĆŖn fall Fell fallen teĆ¹ xuoĆ”ng feed Fed fed cho aĆŖn feel Felt felt caĆ»m thaĆ”y fight fought fought ƱaĆ¹nh nhau find Found found tƬm thaĆ”y fit Fit fit vƶĆøa vaĆ«n fly Flew flown bay forecast Forecast forecast dƶĆÆ baĆ¹o forget Forgot forgot(ten) queĆ¢n forgive Forgave forgiven tha thĆ¶Ć¹ freeze Froze frozen ƱoĆ¢ng laĆÆnh get Got got(ten) ƱaĆÆt ƱƶƓĆÆc give Gave given cho go Went gone Ʊi grind Ground ground nghieĆ n grow Grew grown moĆÆc hang Hung hung treo have Had had coĆ¹; duĆøng hear Heard heard nghe hide Hid hidden che giaĆ”u hit Hit hit ƱuĆÆng hold Held held caĆ m,naĆ©m,toĆ„ chĆ¶Ć¹c hurt hurt hurt laĆøm Ʊau keep Kept kept giƶƵ know Knew known bieĆ”t lay Laid laid ƱaĆ«t, ƱeĆ„ lead Led led daĆ£n daĆ©t learn* Learnt learnt hoĆÆc leave left left rĆ“Ćøi khoĆ»i lend Lent lent cho mƶƓĆÆn let Let let ƱeĆ„ cho lose Lost lost ƱaĆ¹nh maĆ”t
  • 51. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 51 make Made made laĆøm mean Meant meant nghĆ³a laĆø meet Met met gaĆ«p overcome overcame overcome vƶƓĆÆt qua pay Paid paid traĆ» tieĆ n put Put put ƱaĆ«t, ƱeĆ„ quit Quit quit thoaĆ¹t ra read Read read ƱoĆÆc ride Rode ridden cƶƓƵi, ƱaĆÆp xe ring Rang rung reo, rung rise Rose risen nhoĆ¢,moƤc leĆ¢n run Ran run chaĆÆy say Said said noĆ¹i seek Sought sought tƬm kieĆ”m sell Sold sold baĆ¹n send Sent sent gƶƻi Ʊi set Set set xeĆ”p ƱaĆ«t shake Shook shaken laĆ©c shoot Shot shot baĆ©n shut Shut shut ƱoĆ¹ng laĆÆi sing Sang sung haĆ¹t sink Sank sunk chƬm, ƱaĆ©m sit Sat sat ngoĆ i sleep Slept slept nguĆ» slide Slid slid trƶƓĆÆt Ʊi smell* Smelt smelt ngƶƻi speak Spoke spoken noĆ¹i speed Sped sped taĆŖng toĆ”c spell Spelt spelt ƱaĆ¹nh vaĆ n spend Spent spent tieĆ¢u xaĆøi spill Spilt spilt traĆøn ra spread Spread spread lan truyeĆ n stand Stood stood Ć±Ć¶Ć¹ng sting Stung stung chĆ­ch, ƱoĆ”t strike Struck struck ƱaĆ¹nh swear Swore sworn theĆ  sweep Swept swept queĆ¹t
  • 52. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 52 swim Swam swum bĆ“i, loƤi swing Swung swung ƱaĆ¹nh Ʊu take Took taken caĆ m, naĆ©m teach Taught taught daĆÆy tear Tore torn xeĆ¹ raĆ¹ch tell told told baĆ»o, keĆ„ think Thought thought suy nghĆ³ throw Threw thrown neĆ¹m thrust Thrust thrust aĆ”n maĆÆnh understand understood understood hieĆ„u wake Woke woken ƱaĆ¹nh thĆ¶Ć¹c wear Wore worn maĆ«c, ƱoƤi weave Wove woven deƤt weep Wept wept khoĆ¹c wet Wet wet laĆøm Ć¶Ć“Ć¹t win Won won thaĆ©ng write Wrote written vieĆ”t * CoĆ¹ theĆ„ theĆ¢m ā€œedā€ ƱeĆ„ thaĆønh laƤp V2/3. ā˜ŗā˜ŗā˜ŗā˜ŗ ChuĆ¹c caĆ¹c em thaĆønh coĆ¢ng!!!ChuĆ¹c caĆ¹c em thaĆønh coĆ¢ng!!!ChuĆ¹c caĆ¹c em thaĆønh coĆ¢ng!!!ChuĆ¹c caĆ¹c em thaĆønh coĆ¢ng!!! HaƵy vaĆøoHaƵy vaĆøoHaƵy vaĆøoHaƵy vaĆøo http://vihocsinhthanyeu.tkhttp://vihocsinhthanyeu.tkhttp://vihocsinhthanyeu.tkhttp://vihocsinhthanyeu.tk ƱeĆ„ tham khaĆ»oƱeĆ„ tham khaĆ»oƱeĆ„ tham khaĆ»oƱeĆ„ tham khaĆ»o theĆ¢m taĆøi lieƤu hoĆÆc taƤp tieĆ”ng Anh.theĆ¢m taĆøi lieƤu hoĆÆc taƤp tieĆ”ng Anh.theĆ¢m taĆøi lieƤu hoĆÆc taƤp tieĆ”ng Anh.theĆ¢m taĆøi lieƤu hoĆÆc taƤp tieĆ”ng Anh.
  • 53. NgƶƵ phaĆ¹p tieĆ”ng Anh THPT NguyeĆ£n ƑaĆ«ng HoaĆøng Duy Study, study more, study forever!!! Trang 53 MUƏC LUƏC Trang BAƘI 1: THƌ CUƛA ƑOƄNG TƖƘ ............................................................................1 BAƘI 2: THEƅ THUƏ ƑOƄNG..................................................................................7 BAƘI 3: SƖƏ HOAƘ HƔƏP GIƖƕA CHUƛ TƖƘ VAƘ ƑOƄNG TƖƘ....................................9 BAƘI 4: CAƂU NOƙI TRƖƏC TIEƁP VAƘ GIAƙN TIEƁP ...........................................11 BAƘI 5: CAƂU ƑIEƀU KIEƄN VAƘ CAƂU AO ƖƔƙC ..............................................13 BAƘI 6: SƖƏ ƑAƛO NGƖƕ .....................................................................................14 BAƘI 7: TƖƘ ƑƒNH LƖƔƏNG ..............................................................................15 BAƘI 8: MEƄNH ƑEƀ TƍNH TƖƘ VAƘ MEƄNH ƑEƀ TRAƏNG TƖƘ .........................17 BAƘI 9: DANH ƑOƄNG TƖƘ VAƘ ƑOƄNG TƖƘ NGUYEƂN MAƃU COƙ ā€œTOā€ ........22 BAƘI 10: TƖƘ LOAƏI ...........................................................................................23 BAƘI 11: SO SAƙNH TƍNH TƖƘ VAƘ TRAƏNG TƖƘ ..............................................36 BAƘI 12: CAƙCH THAƘNH LAƄP TƖƘ..................................................................39 BAƘI 13: CHUYEƅN ƑOƅI CAƂU ........................................................................46 PHUƏ LUƏC: ƑOƄNG TƖƘ BAƁT QUY TAƉC THƖƔƘNG GAƋP .............................49 TAƘI LIEƄU THAM KHAƛO 1. John Eastwood, OXFORD GUIDE TO ENGLISH GRAMMAR, Oxford University Press, 1994 2. Raymond Murphy, ENGLISH GRAMMAR IN USE, Cambridge University Press, 2000 3. HaĆø VaĆŖn Bƶƻu, NHƖƕNG MAƃU CAƂU TIEƁNG ANH, NXB TP. HCM, 1998 4. Mai Lan HƶƓng ā€“ NguyeĆ£n Thanh Loan, NGƖƕ PHAƙP TIEƁNG ANH, NXB TreĆ», 2003 5. ThaĆ¹i HoaĆøng NguyeĆ¢n ā€“ ƑoĆ£ VaĆŖn ThaĆ»o, BAƘI TAƄP NGƖƕ PHAƙP TIEƁNG ANH NAƂNG CAO, NXB GiaĆ¹o duĆÆc, 2003 6. NguyeĆ£n VaĆŖn ThoĆÆ ā€“ HuyĆønh Kim TuaĆ”n, BAƘI TAƄP LUYEƄN TIEƁNG ANH THPT: NGƖƕ PHAƙP, NXB GiaĆ¹o duĆÆc, 2005 7. LeĆ¢ DuƵng, NGƖƕ PHAƙP TIEƁNG ANH CAƊN BAƛN, NXB GiaĆ¹o duĆÆc, 2006 8. LeĆ¢ DuƵng, NGƖƕ PHAƙP TIEƁNG ANH NAƂNG CAO, NXB GiaĆ¹o duĆÆc, 2000 9. VĆ³nh KhueĆ¢ ā€“ TraĆ n VaĆŖn NhaĆ¢n, CHUYEƂN ƑEƀ BOƀI DƖƔƕNG ENGLISH 12, NXB ƑoĆ ng Nai, 1997 10. Song PhuĆ¹c ā€“ LeĆ¢ NguyeĆ£n Minh ThoĆÆ, Bƍ QUYEƁT LAƘM BAƘI TAƄP CHUYEƅN ƑOƅI CAƁU TRUƙC CAƂU TRONG TIEƁNH ANH, NXB GiaĆ¹o duĆÆc, 2004